summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/55717-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/55717-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/55717-0.txt8619
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 8619 deletions
diff --git a/old/55717-0.txt b/old/55717-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 478aa95..0000000
--- a/old/55717-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8619 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of In the Days of Queen Mary, by
-Edward Ebenezer (Edward E.) Crake
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license
-
-
-Title: In the Days of Queen Mary
-
-Author: Edward Ebenezer (Edward E.) Crake
-
-Illustrator: Walter Sydney (W. S.) Stacy
-
-Release Date: October 9, 2017 [EBook #55717]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK IN THE DAYS OF QUEEN MARY ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Barry Abrahamsen and the
-Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-
-
-
-
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- IN THE DAYS OF
- QUEEN MARY
-
-
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- [Illustration: HE SHOWED NO SIGN OF LIFE. _Frontispiece._]
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- IN THE DAYS OF
- QUEEN MARY
-
-
-
-
- BY
-
- EDWARD E. CRAKE, M.A., F.R.HIST.SOC.
- (RECTOR OF JEVINGTON)
-
- AUTHOR OF "HENRI DUQUESNE," "WHEN THE PURITANS WERE IN POWER,"
- "THE ROYALIST BROTHERS," "DAME JOAN OF PEVENSEY," ETC.
-
-
-
-
- _ILLUSTRATED BY W. S. STACEY_
-
-
-
-
- PUBLISHED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE GENERAL
- LITERATURE COMMITTEE
-
-
-
-
- LONDON
-
- SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING CHRISTIAN KNOWLEDGE
-
- NORTHUMBERLAND AVENUE, W.C.; 43, QUEEN VICTORIA STREET, E.C.
-
- BRIGHTON: 129, NORTH STREET
-
- NEW YORK: E. S. GORHAM
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- DEDICATED
-
- (_by permission_)
-
- TO
-
- HIS GRACE THE DUKE OF DEVONSHIRE
-
-
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CONTENTS
-
-
- CHAP. PAGE
- I CHIDDINGLY PLACE 7
-
- II THE APPARITOR 16
-
- III THE PURSUIVANT 27
-
- IV THAMES PIRATES 48
-
- V GRAY'S INN 58
-
- VI THE STAR CHAMBER 72
-
- VII THE ARREST OF RALPH 87
-
- VIII THE VERDICT 96
-
- IX THE DAWN OF HOPE 104
-
- X WHITEHALL 112
-
- XI THE BATTLE OF ST. QUENTIN 129
-
- XII THE FALL OF ST. QUENTIN 144
-
- XIII THE SCHWARTZREITERS 156
-
- XIV BRUSSELS, ANTWERP, CALAIS 175
-
- XV CALAIS 190
-
- XVI HOME AGAIN 202
-
- XVII THREE CLOSING SCENES 215
-
-
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- ILLUSTRATED BOOKS
-
- BY
-
- _THE SAME AUTHOR_
-
- ----------
-
-
-=Dame Joan of Pevensey.= A Sussex Tale. Crown 8vo, cloth boards, 1_s._
-6_d._
-
-=Henri Duquesne.= A Sussex Romance. Crown 8vo, cloth boards, 1_s._
-
-=The Royalist Brothers.= A Tale of the Siege of Colchester. Crown 8vo,
-cloth boards, 2_s._ 6_d._
-
-=When the Puritans were in Power.= A Tale of the Great Rebellion. Crown
-8vo, cloth boards, 2_s._
-
- --------------
-
- SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING CHRISTIAN KNOWLEDGE,
-
- LONDON: NORTHUMBERLAND AVENUE, W.C.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- [Illustration: Decoration]
-
- IN THE
- DAYS OF QUEEN MARY
-
-
- CHAPTER I
-
- CHIDDINGLY PLACE
-
-
-The sun was setting, and a rosy light filtered through the trees which
-enshrouded Chiddingly Place.
-
-The cawing of the rooks, as they winged their leisurely flight into the
-great rookery, alone broke the silence which sweetly brooded over the
-broad terrace on which two Sussex boys lay extended on the velvety turf.
-It was Midsummer Day—a day of unbroken sunshine and excessive heat.
-
-In the evening a refreshing wind had revived the parched earth, and the
-gay flowers which spangled the wide-spreading lawn were lifting their
-drooped heads with renewed life.
-
-The stone-mullioned windows of the Tudor house were thrown wide open,
-and the lads could see the maids within the dining-hall busily engaged
-in laying the supper for which they were more than ready.
-
-"Come, Ralph," said William, as he bestirred himself, "we must go
-indoors and make ourselves presentable. Uncle John comes to-night, and
-he will soon be here."
-
-"Oh, don't hurry," answered his brother, as he lay playing with two fine
-retrievers. "I love to watch the purple light on the downs as the sun
-sinks behind them; I could gladly lie here all night!"
-
-"I agree with you," answered William; "but here comes Sue with orders, I
-expect, from the powers that be, that we are to go indoors at once."
-
-Susan was the only sister of the two boys, and at her approach the dogs
-ran forward to greet her, and the boys rose quickly from their mossy
-couch.
-
-The boys were twins, and as they stood side by side the likeness between
-them was striking.
-
-They were in their eighteenth year, and fine specimens were they of the
-race of the "Sudseaxe." Tall and well built, fair haired and blue eyed,
-their strong limbs and fresh complexions betokened youths whose lives
-had been spent amid the woods and forests of Sussex, or on the rolling
-downs which stretched between Chiddingly and the sea.
-
-Yet these boys were not unlettered, for both of them had been
-"foundation scholars" in the famous St. Paul's School, built and endowed
-by Dean Colet.
-
-Nay, more, the youths had already seen something of Court life, strange
-to say.
-
-It happened in this wise.
-
-Their uncle Sir John Jefferay was a famous London lawyer, and he bid
-fair to occupy a great position on the judicial bench.
-
-At this time he was the Treasurer of Gray's Inn, and on the occasion of
-a grand masque, given in the fine hall of the Inn by the Fellows, his
-two nephews had taken the parts of Castor and Pollux. The young King had
-honoured the performance with his royal presence, and so struck was he
-with the wonderful resemblance of the two Sussex brothers that he
-ordered them to Court and spent much time in their company.
-
-In fact this resemblance was very remarkable. Those who knew the boys
-best could hardly tell them apart, and to avoid the continual mistakes
-which would otherwise have occurred, William always wore a grey cap and
-his brother a blue one.
-
-The fondest affection subsisted between them; they were rarely seen
-apart; the one was the complement of the other, and their father,
-William Jefferay, would often declare that "they possessed two bodies,
-but only one soul!"
-
-Just now they were released from their attendance at Court, but they
-would have to return thither shortly, for the sickly young King found a
-solace in their company.
-
-There was one point upon which the boys were pre-eminently in agreement—
-they both adored their sister Sue, and her slightest wish was law to
-them.
-
-And well did the fair Susan deserve this devotion. Three short years
-before, the boys had become motherless, and Susan, as the eldest member
-of the family, at once assumed the domestic control of Chiddingly Place.
-The comfort, the happiness, the welfare of the boys became her chief
-object in life.
-
-She even shared in their sports—as far as a girl could,—and to her every
-secret of their hearts was laid bare; she was their "dea patrona," and
-for her both William and Ralph would have gladly laid down their lives
-at any time or place.
-
-In person Susan was a feminine replica of the twins. She possessed their
-fair complexion and laughing blue eyes—her hair hung, like theirs, in
-thick masses over her shoulders.
-
-Though slenderly built she was tall, and her figure displayed the
-nameless grace of a well-born English girl.
-
- --------------
-
-"Come, boys," cried Susan, as she ran forth to the terrace to greet
-them, "Uncle John will be here in a few minutes; his grooms arrived an
-hour ago with his baggage, and now they have set his room in order for
-him. Hurry up, or you will keep supper waiting!"
-
-The boys answered her greeting merrily, and taking her hands they ran by
-her side towards the entrance porch, which they entered just as Uncle
-John appeared upon the scene.
-
-Susan ran out to salute him as he dismounted from his grey sorrel—the
-boys darted upward to their rooms.
-
-As Sir John entered the house, his brother William came forward to greet
-him with the warmest of welcomes.
-
- --------------
-
-It was a happy party which gathered in the dining-hall that evening.
-
-The supper was served at so early an hour that the candles in the silver
-sconces were not yet required: the light of day still gleamed into the
-hall through the lozenge-paned oriel window, and sent coloured streams
-across the fair napery of the table as it passed through the stained
-glass of armorial bearings. Sir John sat at the head of the table, as he
-always did when he came to Chiddingly—though he had made a "deed of
-gift" of the Place in favour of his brother William when he took up his
-abode in London.
-
-Presently the shadows of evening began to deepen, and the wax tapers
-were lit.
-
-How pleasant the hall looked as the light shone on the wainscoted walls
-and illumined the features of past generations of Jefferays whose
-portraits adorned the beautiful chamber!
-
-There was John Jefferay, who purchased Chiddingly Place in 1495, and
-beside him was the portrait of his wife Agnes, whose fine features bore
-a strong resemblance to Susan.
-
-Their three sons were there—Richard, Thomas and William, Richard being
-the father of the famous Sir John who now sat at supper in the hall.
-
- --------------
-
-And when the young people of the family had withdrawn to the parlour, to
-amuse themselves with music and merry games, Sir John and his brother
-stepped out on to the lawn and entered into grave discourse as they
-walked to and fro.
-
-The stars were shining brightly, a soft, gentle wind was stirring the
-tree-tops, and from the woods around came the sweet songs of many a
-nightingale.
-
-"Ah, what a contrast is this scene of tranquil peace and happiness to
-the wild drama which is unfolding itself in London!" said Sir John.
-
-"Here I may speak words to you, brother William, which might cost me my
-head if men overheard them in town. I have come to Chiddingly sick at
-heart and weary of the world, for the young King is dying, and all the
-beasts and birds of prey are gathering together at Court ready to fly at
-each others' throats as soon as the life is out of his poor body. Alas!
-alas! for England; I see no hope for her but in God. His Grace of
-Northumberland is straining every nerve to advance the cause of Lady
-Jane Grey and his son Lord Guildford Dudley, and I foresee that, ere
-long, the headsman will be busy, and the innocent will suffer with the
-guilty.
-
-"Last night his Grace of Canterbury came to me in great trouble; he
-would fain know if he might legally sign certain State documents, and I
-told him that if he did so it would be at the peril of his head! Alas,
-poor Archbishop! he went away greatly perturbed.
-
-"Yesterday I saw the Lord Mayor, and he vowed to me that no earthly
-power should constrain him to proclaim Lady Jane as Queen in the City—
-let me tell you his heart is wholly with the Lady Mary, and, by my
-troth, he is wise! For, as a lawyer, I declare that the rights to the
-throne of the Ladies Mary and Elizabeth are indefeasible; yet, if I said
-as much in London to-day, I might spend the night in the Tower, and to-
-morrow bid my last adieu to this world on the scaffold!
-
-"Oh, the times are dark, deadly, perilous, and I am glad to escape from
-London and breathe the pure air of Chiddingly for a brief space."
-
-"And if Mary become Queen, what of our Reformed Church, which is dear to
-us both?" inquired William anxiously.
-
-"Ah! God knows—and God only," answered Sir John. "The Lady Mary is a
-bigot, and that we all know.
-
-"Yet I will tell you a State secret: she has sent a messenger to the
-Lord Mayor, declaring that should she be declared Queen, no Englishman
-shall suffer for his faith."
-
-"Will she keep her word?" asked William.
-
-"_Qui vivra verra_," answered Sir John; "but I foresee that all depends
-upon the man whom she shall marry, for marry she will. If, by the mercy
-of God, she marry a good man, all may be well; if she marry a bad one,
-then God help us!"
-
-William was deeply moved, and he sighed audibly.
-
-"It bodes great trouble for England," he said in a troubled voice. "It
-may be that the fires of Smithfield will be rekindled as in the worst
-days of King Henry: yet I believe that the Reformation has taken a deep
-hold upon the country; the Church may bend before a fierce storm of
-persecution, but she will not be broken—she will rise again! I, for one,
-would rather die than bow my knees to Baal, as represented to me by the
-Papacy; and, thank God, there are thousands of men of like mind with me
-in Sussex!"
-
-As William pronounced these words in tones that quivered with emotion,
-his brother caught him by the hand, and shaking it warmly, he cried—
-
-"I know your stedfastness, brother, and I agree with you with all my
-heart and soul—yet I pray that God may spare us the trial of our faith!
-But hark! I hear an approaching horseman; I expect it is my man Roger,
-who is bringing us the latest news from town."
-
-A few minutes later the groom appeared on the lawn, bearing letters in
-his hand.
-
-Sir John took them from him; then, turning to his brother, he said—
-
-"Let us go indoors; these letters are from my secretary, and we will
-read them at once; they must be of importance, or they would not have
-followed me so soon."
-
-Entering the house the gentlemen made their way to the library—a
-comfortable room, well lighted with wax candles, and furnished with
-numerous settees and easy-chairs.
-
-Sir John sat down and eagerly opened his despatches.
-
-"It is Tremayne who writes," he said. "I will read his letter to you; it
-is as follows—
-
- "'HONOURED SIR,
-
- "'The Council met to-day, and the deed of which you wot was
- signed and sealed—all the members consenting thereto. The Archbishop
- hesitated to the last, but His Grace of Northumberland would not be
- withstood—and so all signed. I hear that the King is sinking fast.
- From your chambers in Gray's Inn, June 21, 1553. J. W. TREMAYNE'"
-
-The brothers looked at each other with pallid faces.
-
-"So the 'letters patent' are issued," said Sir John, "and the
-irrevocable step is taken! 'Domine, dirige nos'! It is the beginning of
-strife of which no man can see the issue. Northumberland relies on aid
-from France; the Lady Mary places her hope on the Emperor. I bethink me
-of our blessed Lord's words: 'These things are the beginning of sorrows!
-Then shall be great tribulation such as was not since the beginning of
-the world to this time, no nor ever shall be.' And alas! for the poor
-young King, he hath none to comfort him; he is tasting of that
-unutterable loneliness that surrounds a throne! I think the end of his
-troubles is nigh at hand—and then the great strife will begin!
-
-"But the hour is growing late, William," said Sir John, "and I hear
-Susan's pretty voice below; she is singing one of those songs I love so
-well: let us join the young people, I have seen little of them to-
-night."
-
- --------------
-
-A fortnight later, on July 6th, King Edward died at Greenwich in the
-sixteenth year of his age and the seventh of his reign.
-
-Sir John had tarried at Chiddingly until the end came; then he hastened
-up to London, where pressing duties called him.
-
-With him went the two boys—to begin their legal studies under the
-auspices of their uncle at Gray's Inn, for it was his wish that they
-should both enter the learned profession of the law.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER II
-
- THE APPARITOR
-
-
-It was the year of grace 1556, the third year of the reign of Queen
-Mary.
-
-The forebodings of evil with which her reign had been ushered in were
-bitterly fulfilled.
-
-The headsman's axe had oft-times been in use on Tower Hill:
-Northumberland had gone to his doom with no man to pity him; his son
-Lord Guildford Dudley had followed him to the block, perhaps equally
-unlamented.
-
-But men were moved to deeper pity and compassion when the young,
-innocent, and hapless Lady Jane suffered for her kinsmen's crimes!
-
-The Reformation had found its "witnesses unto death" in the persons of
-Cranmer, Ridley and Latimer, and the flames of Smithfield aroused the
-horror of the people; the great "Marian Persecution" had begun, and
-already over a hundred victims had been offered up.
-
-Mary had married her Spanish husband, and England had witnessed the
-feeble and ineffectual rebellion of Sir Thomas Wyatt—a protest against
-the marriage which did not commend itself to the mass of the people.
-
-Amid all these scenes of turmoil and confusion, of terror and distress,
-the family of the Jefferays at Chiddingly were left unmolested and
-undisturbed.
-
-In many a quiet country village the Services of the Church, as they had
-been appointed at the Reformation, were duly performed; the Prayer Book
-was not superseded by the Missal, and the parish priest was not
-dispossessed. Their obscurity sheltered them—as yet.
-
-The Vicar of Chiddingly was William Tittleton, who had been appointed to
-the benefice in the reign of Henry the Eighth. He had been at Magdalen
-College, Oxford, with Sir John Jefferay, where the two young men had
-formed a strong and enduring friendship.
-
-Thus it happened that in due time Sir John presented his friend—now in
-Holy Orders—to the benefice of Chiddingly, and the Vicar had returned
-the good service by acting as tutor to the young people of Chiddingly
-Place. He was a very able scholar, and between him and his pupils a
-strong affection subsisted.
-
-But a change was at hand for the parish of Chiddingly—its peace and
-quietude came suddenly to an end. The "Marian Persecution" had begun,
-and the lurid flames of Smithfield had aroused horror and indignation in
-many English hearts—especially in Sussex, where the Reformation had
-taken deep root.
-
-At this critical moment the Vicar of Chiddingly preached a sermon at
-Mayfield which brought him under the censure of the Government, and an
-apparitor was sent to make inquiry into the ecclesiastical position of
-the little parish.
-
-The ill-omened visitor attended the simple services of the parish
-church, and took copious notes of the Vicar's sermon, to the dismay of
-the rustics of Chiddingly.
-
-The fires of Lewes in the month of June this year had excited their
-fierce animosity, and the appearance of the apparitor in their midst
-gave birth to a sudden outburst of wrath.
-
-It was at the close of a lovely day in July—a Sunday—when their anger
-found vent.
-
-They had marked the presence of a stranger at the morning service—a
-stern-looking, middle-aged man, garbed in black, and as they came out of
-church the men gathered in groups to discuss the object and purpose of
-his visit.
-
-The man was sojourning at the village inn (the "Six Bells"), and thither
-he was allowed for the present to retire unmolested, although a strict
-watch was at once instituted upon his doings.
-
-In the afternoon the visitor again attended service, and an ominous
-murmur among the rustics became distinctly audible as they observed that
-he was again busily taking notes of all that he saw and heard.
-
-The service over, the man left the church with the intention of
-proceeding to the inn, where his horse was stabled; but he was not to be
-allowed to leave the village thus quietly.
-
-Hard by the church was the horse-pond—at this period of the year about
-half full of dark slimy water; in the centre of the pond the depth would
-be about four or five feet.
-
-Suddenly the visitor found himself surrounded by a band of determined,
-angry-looking Sussex men.
-
-"What does this mean?" he asked sternly. "Do you men know that I am
-about the Queen's business?"
-
-"Aye, we thought as much, and that's about the reason of it all,"
-answered the spokesman of the rustics. "Gie us them papers which we saw
-thee so busy with in the church instead of minding thy prayers! Gie us
-them—we see them sticking out of thy pocket, and we means to have them—
-or it will be the worse for thee!"
-
-"Fools!" snarled the man, without quailing before the coming storm,
-"fools! do you not know that it is a hanging matter to lay a hand on
-me?"
-
-"It's very likely," said the bold rustic; "but it strikes me some one
-else will be hung, or drownded, before any of us are sent to join the
-Lewes martyrs."
-
-The angry group was now just beside the horse-pond—and each moment it
-grew more excited and threatening. Suddenly a voice cried—
-
-"He's fond of fire, let's see how water suits him!"
-
-Thereupon the rustics hustled the hapless apparitor to the edge of the
-pond; then he found himself lifted from the ground, and the strong arms
-of his foes swung him to and fro in the air.
-
-"One, two, three, in he goes!" cried a raucous voice.
-
-A scream of terror was sent forth by the man, and he struggled
-violently.
-
-It was all of no avail.
-
-In another moment he was hurled headlong into the slimy waters of the
-pond! And there he might have been drowned, but for the help that came
-to him from an unexpected quarter.
-
-Susan Jefferay had been in the congregation, and her attention had been
-arrested by the unwonted spectacle of a stranger in the church.
-
-The service was over, and the Vicar had withdrawn into the vestry; Susan
-awaited him in the church, for he was to accompany her home to the
-Place.
-
-The wonted silence of the Sabbath-day was broken by the angry voices of
-men, and Susan hurried out of the church to ascertain the cause—a
-dreadful suspicion arising in her mind.
-
-A glance at the tumultuous scene at the pondside revealed to her the
-catastrophe which was being enacted. Instantly she flew to the vestry
-where the Vicar was unrobing, and seizing him by the arm, she cried—
-
-"Oh, come, Vicar, come this instant, the men are murdering the
-stranger!"
-
-Then she and the Vicar hurried towards the pond. The enraged rustics had
-thrown a rope over the unhappy apparitor's shoulders, and having secured
-their victim in a noose, were dragging him to and fro in the water.
-
-"Hold, in God's name!" shouted the Vicar. "What madness possesses you,
-men?" he continued; "are you not ashamed of yourselves? Here, give me
-the rope," he cried, as he grasped the situation.
-
-"Let me help you, Vicar," pleaded Susan, anxious to have some part in
-the matter.
-
-So the two rescuers drew the half-drowned apparitor to land, and Susan,
-stooping down, undid the rope which was choking the man.
-
-He showed no sign of life now, his face looked unnaturally pale in
-contrast to the dull green slime which besmeared it.
-
-"Run to the vicarage and bring some strong waters, Robin," he cried to a
-youth who stood looking on.
-
-"Nay, rather run to the 'Six Bells'; it is nearer," suggested Susan, and
-the boy dashed away to do their bidding.
-
-Meanwhile, Susan had loosed the man's garments around his throat, while
-the Vicar placed his hand upon his heart.
-
-"I fear he is dead!" said the Vicar, in tones of anguish.
-
-"Nay," cried Susan, as she observed a green froth gurgling at his mouth,
-"see, he is breathing!"
-
-By this time Robin had returned from the "Six Bells" with a bottle of
-brandy in his hand.
-
-Susan took it from the lad and began carefully to moisten the man's lips
-with the strong spirit, then to pour a small portion down his throat.
-
-Presently a colour flushed into the man's pallid cheeks, and a moment
-later he opened his eyes and looked wonderingly around.
-
-Then, leaving Susan to attend to the sufferer, the Vicar rose to his
-feet and looked round upon his parishioners.
-
-"Now tell me, men, what all this means," he said somewhat sternly.
-
-The men looked shamefaced, but their chief spokesman answered the Vicar
-promptly.
-
-"The man is a Government spy," he said; "he meant mischief to all of us,
-and especially to you, Vicar. We saw him taking notes of all that you
-did and said in church, and he warned us that he was a Queen's officer,
-and that to touch him was a hanging matter; so we just 'touched' him,
-and if you had not come along with Miss Susan we should have drawn his
-fangs, and he would never more have wrought mischief to innocent and
-harmless people."
-
-The Vicar still preserved a stern countenance, but he had not been human
-if he had not been secretly touched by this proof of the devotion of his
-people, however recklessly given.
-
-"And these said notes," he said, "they may have been quite harmless;
-what did you do with them?"
-
-"We took them from his pockets, Vicar, then we wrapped them round a big
-stone and threw them in the pond; they won't do much harm there!"
-
-The Vicar's features relaxed into a momentary smile; then he became
-pensive again, as he said—
-
-"Thank God that I and Miss Susan came in time to frustrate your reckless
-intention; you might have brought down unutterable evils on our parish;
-and remember, men, there is One who hath said, 'Vengeance is Mine, I
-will repay!' What right had you to snatch the judgment from His hand?"
-
-At this moment Susan touched the Vicar on the arm, and said—
-
-"He is fast recovering consciousness: let the men carry him to his
-lodgings at the 'Six Bells,' and at once; he needs rest and
-refreshment."
-
-"Yes," replied the Vicar, "I will see to it: and do you, Mistress Susan,
-go home without me; I will soon follow you."
-
-The Vicar turned to one of the men, who had not been actively engaged in
-the late proceedings.
-
-"Hal," said he, "take that gate off its hinges and bring it here"—
-pointing to a garden gate near at hand.
-
-The man readily obeyed, the gate was brought, and the semi-unconscious
-apparitor was placed thereon.
-
-Then the Vicar and three of the men conveyed their burden to the "Six
-Bells" Inn, the man was carried to his room, and before he left him the
-Vicar saw him safely placed in bed.
-
-"Take care of him, Giles," he said to the landlord. "Let me know how he
-is to-night; I will call and see him in the morning."
-
-That evening the Vicar had a long and very serious conversation with his
-old friend William Jefferay.
-
-All the family had supped together in the dining-hall, and now the two
-men were conferring on the event of the day in the library.
-
-"It is no light matter in these evil days to have a Queen's apparitor to
-spy and report, as this man intended to do," said Jefferay. "This man
-may return to his masters before twenty-four hours have passed, and no
-man can say what will then happen; to-day's uproar will make matters all
-the worse for us. Take my advice, Vicar, you have neither wife nor child
-to detain you in England: spend the next six months in Holland! Do you
-need money? I shall be proud to be your almoner. Oh, take my advice and
-go, ere the storm bursts!"
-
-"And leave my flock at the very first intimation of danger—perhaps to
-suffer in my place," replied the Vicar warmly. "Oh no, it cannot be
-done; and while I thank you, friend Jefferay, with all my heart, I beg
-you to abandon the thought of so base desertion—it would be a lack of
-faith in God; I cannot do it."
-
-William Jefferay sighed, and the matter dropped.
-
- --------------
-
-That night the landlord of the inn came to the vicarage with bad news:
-the apparitor was moaning in pain, and seemed to be light-headed.
-
-Like many of his clerical brethren, the Vicar had some knowledge of
-medicine, and he now hastened to the sick man's side, taking with him
-some simple remedies.
-
-Susan had preceded him thither, for among her many beneficent offices
-she had constituted herself the "parish nurse" of Chiddingly, and in
-every case of trouble or sickness she was the first to be sent for.
-
-As the Vicar entered the room, Susan rose from her seat at the bedside
-and greeted him.
-
-"He is very feverish," she said. "I am afraid he is going to be very
-ill: I have sent to Hailsham for the doctor."
-
-"You did well," answered the Vicar. "I hope he will soon be here."
-
-Just before midnight the doctor arrived, and ere he saw his patient the
-Vicar related to him the circumstances of the case.
-
-The doctor listened with some amazement.
-
-"You and Mistress Susan are very good to this man, considering the
-errand upon which he came to Chiddingly," said the doctor.
-
-"We do not, perhaps, know all the circumstances of the case," replied
-the Vicar, "for his papers were destroyed by my people; perhaps he is no
-foe of mine at all, but if it were so, we remember that it is written,
-'If thine enemy hunger, feed him; if he thirst, give him drink.' Much
-more, surely, should we succour him if he be sick."
-
-"Yes, yes, you are right, doubtless, and I honour you for it," replied
-the doctor—"but come, let us visit the patient."
-
-The visit paid, the two men met again in the inn parlour down-stairs.
-
-"He is in a high fever," said the doctor, "and he will need great care
-and attention. It is too much for Mistress Susan—I will send you a nurse
-to-morrow. For to-night, Giles's wife can do all that is necessary."
-
-But Susan would not hear of this arrangement, declaring that she would
-remain at her post till the nurse arrived.
-
- --------------
-
-Three weeks later two men sat upon a seat on the vicarage lawn.
-
-Again it was a Sunday evening, and the two men were the Vicar and the
-apparitor.
-
-"And you are sure that you are able to travel to-morrow?" said the
-Vicar.
-
-"Yes, I shall take it by easy stages—resting for a night at East
-Grinstead, and so reaching London on the evening of the second day."
-
-"London," said the Vicar; "then you go to make your report to the
-Government?"
-
-"No, Mr. Vicar, I have resigned my office of apparitor—I take up work of
-another sort in London."
-
-Then, in answer to a look of amazement, perhaps of inquiry, which the
-man saw depicted on the Vicar's countenance, he suddenly seized Mr.
-Tittleton's hand and shook it warmly.
-
-"Oh! Mr. Vicar," he cried, "how could you think it possible that I could
-again take up the accursed work which brought me hither? Do you know
-that each time that I saw you by my bedside, each time that I felt your
-cooling hand on my feverish brow, whensoever I listened to your soothing
-voice, my whole soul was moved with contrition and remorse. For I came
-hither on an evil errand—may God forgive me!
-
-"My report of Chiddingly might have brought about your death warrant.
-Oh, I thank Heaven that it was destroyed ere the mischief was done! And
-as I lay on my sick-bed, I surmised that you must have suspected all
-this; yet you and Mistress Susan watched over me with unwearied
-tenderness and patience—you snatched me from the jaws of death! And the
-thought of all this broke my hard heart!
-
-"Now I wish you adieu, my dear Vicar; but ere I go, let me leave with
-you a word of counsel. It is known to me that dangerous reports of you
-have reached London, and though I abandon the office of apparitor
-another will take it up, and your life may be in danger. Therefore, I
-beseech you to take refuge abroad, as so many of your brethren have
-done. Soon the clouds may roll by, but for the present hour of stress
-and trouble seek safety in flight, I beseech you."
-
-The Vicar shook his head sadly.
-
-"It may not be, my dear friend—the shepherd may not flee and leave his
-flock in danger."
-
-"Yet," urged his visitor, "it is written, 'If they persecute you in one
-city, flee ye into another'—is that not so?"
-
-"Yes, that is the Divine counsel," answered the Vicar, "and the hour may
-come when I may feel the monition to be addressed to me; but for the
-present I abide in Chiddingly!"
-
-"God's will be done," said the man solemnly—and so they parted.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER III
-
- THE PURSUIVANT
-
-
-The apparitor had taken his departure, and Chiddingly had resumed its
-normal condition of rural happiness and peace.
-
-The fields were ripening unto harvest, the rustics went forth to their
-daily toil whistling merrily beside their horses, and at eventide the
-maidens went to see to the kine with their bright milk-cans in their
-hands. The rooks filled the air with their raucous voices, as they
-fluttered about the great rookery which begirt Chiddingly Place.
-
-On the Sunday following the departure of the Queen's officer, all the
-people of Chiddingly, save a few who were bedridden, flocked into the
-parish church as if to testify by their presence the love that they bore
-to their pastor.
-
-Chiddingly was a musical village, and here, at least, the Canticles,
-which were "to be said or sung," were always sung to the accompaniment
-of a flageolet, which the parish clerk played vigorously.
-
-And on this especial Sunday the "Te Deum" was sung so heartily that the
-Vicar marvelled, while Mistress Susan's bright eyes glowed with pride
-and then glistened with the unbidden tear which strong emotion called
-forth.
-
-The service over, the Squire and his fair daughter walked through the
-lines of the villagers, who, according to their custom, awaited their
-exit to make their salutations to them, cap in hand. There was nothing
-servile in this—it was but the public exhibition of the love and
-fidelity in which the family of the Jefferays was held by the Chiddingly
-people. At the entrance porch of the hall Susan's quick eye noted a
-stable lad standing beside a pony from which he had dismounted.
-
-What was it that so suddenly brought a flush into Susan's cheeks as she
-marked that the lad wore the livery of the De Fynes of Herstmonceux—a
-glow which deepened as the boy doffed his cap and offered her a letter?
-
-"You come from Lewes?" said Susan inquiringly.
-
-"Yes, my lady," replied the lad.
-
-"Wait awhile, and I will let you know if there is any reply; go to the
-kitchen after you have stabled your pony—the maids will get you some
-dinner," said Susan.
-
-The lad bowed low and took his departure, glad to follow out Susan's
-instructions.
-
-Susan turned to her father, who had looked on smilingly.
-
-"Pardon me, dear father," she said, "I will be with you anon."
-
-William Jefferay nodded assent. Susan hastened to her own room and
-quickly opened her letter.
-
-Yes, it was from Geoffrey de Fynes; she had half hoped to have seen him
-this day, why had he written instead?
-
-So, with a heart surmising evil, she proceeded to read the letter. As
-she did so, her cheeks paled and her hands trembled. Then she rang a
-small silver bell which stood at her side, and her maid Janet appeared
-in answer to the summons.
-
-"Ask my father to come hither to me, Janet," she said, and the maid
-hastened away.
-
-Her father presently entered her room, his face still wreathed with
-smiles.
-
-But the expression of his face changed suddenly as he looked upon his
-daughter, who held out the letter to him.
-
-"What is it, Susan," he said quickly, "what has happened?"
-
-"Read, father!" she replied in a troubled voice.
-
-The writer of the letter was a member of a great Sussex family—a family
-whose wrongs moved the pity of all men. The head of the house of
-Geoffrey de Fynes had suffered a traitor's death in the year 1545, since
-which time the family had been degraded "in blood and honours."
-
-Yet never had Justice so surely missed its mark as when young Lord
-Dacres lost his head at Tyburn!
-
-Young Geoffrey de Fynes at the present time held the office of Secretary
-to the High Sheriff of the County; just now his duties had called him to
-Lewes.
-
-He was a frequent visitor at Chiddingly Place, and between him and Susan
-a strong attachment had sprung up, though no betrothal had taken place.
-
-William Jefferay took the letter from his daughter's hand and read it
-carefully; it was as follows—
-
-"This from the hand of one who loves thee well, and whose chief object
-in life is to do thee service. Hence I write this letter, and I do so
-with a clear conscience, though the writing of it might cause the loss
-of my post, and make me an inmate of Lewes gaol! Yet I dare not do
-otherwise, for thy happiness is dearer to me than aught else in this
-life!
-
-"Now to come at once to the point.
-
-"It has come to my knowledge that a warrant has been issued by the Crown
-for the apprehension of the Vicar of Chiddingly.
-
-"A Pursuivant, with three men-at-arms, will leave Lewes for Chiddingly
-three days hence, soon after daybreak. They will travel on horseback,
-and their object is to arrest the Vicar, bring him hither, and
-afterwards convey him to London.
-
-"Thou mayest show this letter to thy father, but to none other. Between
-you some plan may be devised whereby he shall escape the malice of his
-foes. I suggest that he flee to the Continent, but thy father will be
-his best counsellor."
-
-Then the letter of Geoffrey de Fynes drifted off into other matters
-which concerned Susan only.
-
-"When you have finished reading that letter I counsel you to destroy it—
-for Geoffrey's sake," said William Jefferay to his daughter, as he
-handed it back to her.
-
-"Oh, father," said Susan, "what is to be done?"
-
-"I know not," replied her father, "unless we can persuade the Vicar to
-flee."
-
-"We have tried that already, and I fear he is immovably resolved to stay
-among his people—he is strong in his innocence, and cannot be brought to
-realize the danger he is in," said Susan.
-
-"We shall see him to-night after the service; he comes here to sup with
-us: we will show him De Fynes's letter if needs be, or at least tell him
-its contents. I think this will convince him of the deadly peril in
-which he stands," replied Jefferay.
-
-"God grant it!" cried Susan. "I shall know no rest nor peace now till I
-know that his safety is assured. Ralph will be here to-morrow; he is
-coming to spend my birthday with us. Oh! it is a heaven-sent
-interposition, for he can conduct the Vicar to the coast," she
-continued.
-
-"Nay, Susan," replied her father, "it is a post of danger, and it will
-need discretion as well as valour; I shall see him to Newhaven myself,
-if we can persuade him to flee."
-
-For a long time they talked together, maturing their schemes.
-
-"How good and noble it was of Geoffrey de Fynes to send us this
-warning!" said Susan; "would that he were here to aid us with his
-counsel!"
-
-"There you are wrong, dear girl," replied Jefferay; "he has compromised
-himself enough already, and now we must keep him out of our plot
-altogether."
-
-"Yes, I see that it must be so," answered Susan, with a sigh.
-
- --------------
-
-The afternoon service took place as usual, the parishioners attending
-once more in full force, little thinking of the danger that hung over
-the head of their beloved Vicar.
-
-Every word of the simple service seemed to Susan's excited imagination
-to be invested with an especial significance, and her sweet voice
-trembled with emotion as she sang the words, "Lord, now lettest Thou Thy
-servant depart in peace." So also the psalm for the day cheered her with
-its ringing words, "Why do the heathen rage?" and she came out of the
-church both comforted and refreshed.
-
-In the evening the Vicar came down to the Place in the best of spirits;
-the hearty services of the day had filled his heart with joy, and the
-evident good-will, respect, and affection of his people for him had
-deeply moved his gentle soul.
-
-It was not till supper was over, and the three friends were seated
-together in the library, that Jefferay, laying his hand affectionately
-upon the Vicar's shoulders, said—
-
-"You are very happy to-night, Vicar; alas! that I should have bad news
-for you—news that will mar your happiness, I fear."
-
-Then, as the Vicar looked into his face, without fear or trepidation,
-William Jefferay recounted all that had happened, and finally showed him
-De Fynes's letter.
-
-"The Lord's will be done!" said the Vicar solemnly.
-
-"It will be done, it always is done, but not always in the manner we
-expect," answered Jefferay.
-
-Then Susan intervened.
-
-She drew near to the Vicar's side, took his hand in hers, and said—
-
-"Dear Vicar, we have decided that you must flee before this threatened
-storm, for it would break our hearts were you taken from us by cruel
-men, and not ours only, but the hearts also of many of your poor people
-here."
-
-The Vicar shook his head.
-
-"The hireling fleeth because he is an hireling; the good shepherd giveth
-his life for the sheep," he said.
-
-"No, my dear girl," he continued, as he laid his hand affectionately on
-her head, "I cannot go—do not urge me!"
-
-Then William Jefferay took another line.
-
-"Listen, my friend," he said, "we want to preserve your life for better
-times; and my brother Sir John tells me that all men at Court foresee
-that the present state of things cannot last."
-
-Then, dropping his voice to almost a whisper, he continued—
-
-"The Queen's health is failing; the friends of the Princess Elizabeth
-are gathering about her, and are taking heart. This may be treason, but,
-as God lives, I believe it is true! Save yourself, then, Vicar, for
-better times and future labour among the people whose souls God has
-committed into your charge!
-
-"Now let me tell you my plans. To-morrow _The Golden Horn_ sets sail
-from Newhaven for Ostend. I have interest with the captain, and I can
-answer for him that he will accept you as a passenger. We can leave
-Chiddingly at break of day, ere people are moving, and I will conduct
-you to Newhaven."
-
-"I will give you my answer to-morrow," pleaded the Vicar.
-
-But his two faithful friends would not be thus appeased.
-
-"No, Vicar, that will be too late, for _The Golden Horn_ puts to sea
-early in the day, and we should lose our great opportunity."
-
-For a long time the earnest discussion continued, and the hour waxed
-late before the reluctant consent was given. To the loving heart of
-Susan that hard-won victory brought great joy.
-
-"To-morrow, then, at three o'clock we meet here; the horses will be
-ready to start the moment you arrive," said William, as the guest took
-his departure from the Place.
-
-"I shall be here—God willing," replied the Vicar.
-
- --------------
-
-The next day saw William Jefferay's plan carried out—with the addition
-that, on Susan's suggestion, Jefferay should accompany the Vicar to
-Holland and see him safely and comfortably settled there.
-
-That same day, Monday, Ralph arrived from London, and it was not long
-ere the confiding Susan had revealed to him all that had passed, and
-that on Wednesday the Queen's Pursuivant would visit Chiddingly to find
-"the bird flown"!
-
-Now Ralph was a fine, strong English youth, endowed by nature with a
-very combative disposition and an inordinate love of adventure.
-
-He had thoroughly approved of the action of the Chiddingly rustics when
-they dipped the apparitor in the horse-pond, though he had taken no part
-in the affair.
-
-The threatened visit of the Pursuivant aroused his indignation to a
-white heat, and, unfortunately, at this moment he lacked the restraining
-influence of his father's presence at home, nor did he take counsel on
-the matter with Susan.
-
-That very day Ralph called about him a few of his young confidants among
-the Chiddingly rustics, and at nightfall ten of them met him in
-conference in the taproom of the "Six Bells" Inn.
-
-The meeting was "secret and confidential"; none but the ten stalwarts
-were admitted to it, and these pledged themselves to secrecy by a solemn
-oath which Ralph administered with all due gravity.
-
-Then the meeting having been duly constituted, and Ralph accepted as
-their leader by common consent, the "young Squire" (as he was known
-among the rustics) set forth in sufficiently guarded language the nature
-of the matter which had brought them together, omitting all reference by
-name to Geoffrey de Fynes.
-
-Headstrong and thoughtless as Ralph was, he saw the necessity for
-secrecy on that point.
-
-It was a remarkable and typical assembly.
-
-These young men were fine young Englishmen, who, though they lacked
-great intelligence, possessed the bravery and independence of their
-fore-fathers.
-
-They were absolutely loyal to their Queen, and would have shed their
-blood for her and for their country against Spain, or France, or any
-other foreign foe with complete devotion.
-
-But there was growing up in their hearts a deadly hatred for the Spanish
-nation in general, and for King Philip in particular—nor did the Sussex
-people ever forget or forgive the religious intolerance which had
-kindled the fires at Lewes, Mayfield, and many another place.
-
-So Ralph found ready material at hand when he proposed to take vengeance
-on the Pursuivant as they had done upon the apparitor, reckless of the
-anger of the "powers that be."
-
-Before the conspirators separated that night it was resolved that the
-Pursuivant and his party should be waylaid on Wednesday morning at a
-point in the woods well known to them all—about four miles from
-Chiddingly.
-
-The warrant should be taken from the Pursuivant and be torn to pieces;
-there should be no bloodshed if it were possible to prevent it; the
-obnoxious visitors should be unhorsed and left to find their way back to
-Lewes on foot.
-
-The horses would be driven into the woods; they were Lewes horses, and
-would surely find their way home in due time; and, if not, there was
-abundant pasture for them in the glades of the forest.
-
-The rustics, under Ralph's leadership, would leave the village at
-daybreak on Wednesday morning; they would thus reach the place appointed
-for the attack an hour or so before their foes, and would have time to
-make all necessary preparations.
-
-Thus the scheme was elaborated, and every detail arranged by the
-resourceful lad, Ralph Jefferay.
-
-To him the whole adventure was a matter of supreme delight—little recked
-he of the danger attending it!
-
-On the morrow (Tuesday) he mounted his cob and rode to the spot he had
-selected for the attack.
-
-There were no high-roads in Sussex, but between the villages and the
-county town well-known beaten tracks existed. These were well-nigh
-impassable in winter—at other seasons a fair amount of traffic passed
-along them.
-
-Between Chiddingly and Lewes lay dense woods—the relics of the mighty
-forest of the Andreadsweald of ancient days. Sometimes the trackway led
-through forest glades of much beauty; at other times it was a narrow
-pass between giant oaks and elms whose rich foliage would occasionally
-meet over the head of the traveller, forming a delicious shade in the
-hot months of summer.
-
-It was to a place of this latter kind that Ralph came on that fine July
-morning.
-
-He felt perfectly certain that the Pursuivant would take this route on
-the following day; any other would involve a _détour_ of several miles
-in making the journey from Lewes to Chiddingly.
-
-Ralph inspected narrowly the trees which grew on both sides of the
-track; eventually he seemed to find what he needed, namely, two stout
-young saplings facing each other with about twenty feet intervening
-between them.
-
-Then he rode slowly home, and in the evening his rustic friends
-assembled again, at his summons, in the taproom of the inn, where he
-gave them his final instructions.
-
-To Susan he said nothing of the scheme on foot; he would not involve her
-or any member of his family in the dangers of the enterprise.
-
-One great regret filled his heart—the absence of his brother William.
-
-The twins were rarely apart from each other, and this visit to
-Chiddingly lacked but this one thing for Ralph's perfect happiness; his
-brother had been compelled to remain in London, where his uncle, Sir
-John, required his services and personal attendance.
-
-A dim grey light filled the eastern horizon on the Wednesday morning as
-Ralph made his way to the stables, where he saddled his stout cob.
-
-He bore no weapon—not even the customary rapier without which he rarely
-went abroad—for this enterprise was to be carried through without
-bloodshed; upon that point he was determined.
-
-His followers would all carry single-sticks, a formidable weapon enough
-in the hands of a Sussex rustic! Round his waist he had begirt himself
-with a long and strong cord—destined for a special purpose.
-
-Presently he mounted his horse and proceeded at a gentle pace towards
-the woods; his men, he knew, were gone on ahead.
-
-A bright red light suffused the eastern sky, the sun was about to rise,
-and the twittering of countless birds from every copse filled the air
-with sweet music.
-
-A summer mist lay on the meadowland, and big drops of dew bedecked the
-leaves of the hazel bushes, gleaming under the rosy light like rubies.
-
-Suddenly the sun rose above the horizon into a cloudless sky, and the
-day had begun.
-
-It was a lovely morning, not a cloud flecked the bright azure of the
-sky.
-
-On his left hand ran the long line of the Sussex downs in graceful
-outline—rising at Firle Beacon to a lofty height of some seven hundred
-feet.
-
-Before him lay the dense forest, the deep embowered shades of Chiddingly
-woods.
-
-Ralph was in high spirits, and as his stout cob gaily cantered along the
-trackway he broke into song, as if in emulation of the sweet-toned larks
-rising into the deep-blue sky on quivering wing.
-
-He was now nearing the point of the rendezvous, and he checked his song
-as he caught sight of one of his stalwarts trudging along in front of
-him.
-
-"You are in good time, Roger," he cried to the man as he overtook him.
-
-"Yes, Mr. William, and the others are all in front of me. I am the rear-
-guard."
-
-"Good," cried Ralph, "but tell me, Roger, why do you call me Mr.
-William?—alas, he is not here."
-
-"I beg your pardon, sir," replied the man with a laugh. "I thought for
-the moment that Mr. William had joined us—it was your grey cap which
-misled me."
-
-Ralph pulled the cap from his head and looked at it with an air of
-astonishment.
-
-"It is true," he said, "I have put on my brother's cap; it was dark when
-I left home, and I did not mark the colour of it."
-
-Then he rode rapidly ahead, and in a few minutes he arrived at the
-rendezvous.
-
-The spot was admirably chosen for the object in view. Here the track
-narrowed to a breadth of sixteen or seventeen feet, and the branches of
-a giant oak spread right over it.
-
-On each side of the track grew a stout young sapling, as if nature was
-conspiring on behalf of the stalwarts. Ralph drew a whistle from his
-doublet and blew a shrill note.
-
-In a minute a rustling noise arose in the dense wood, and there emerged
-from it nine of his men.
-
-Ralph dismounted, and putting his bridle rein into the hands of one of
-the men, said—
-
-"Take him to the hut and tie him up carefully; see that you shut the
-door after you."
-
-"Aye, aye, sir," said the man.
-
-Then Ralph began to unwind from his body the stout cord he had brought
-with him, with the assistance of his men. One end of it was securely
-fastened to the sapling on the right of the road, at a height of one
-foot from the grassy soil.
-
-The other end was made sure at the foot of a tree on the left-hand side,
-and the rope was drawn taut. The rough grass which grew luxuriantly on
-the trackway obscured it sufficiently from view.
-
-Every man of the band carried a short cord round his waist, and Ralph
-carefully inspected these cords to see that they were ready for
-immediate use.
-
-"Now listen, all of you, to my final instructions," said Ralph, as the
-men gathered round him.
-
-"You, Tom and Jim, will mount the oak-tree, climb along that limb which
-crosses the track, and be ready to drop on the Pursuivant at the moment
-he passes beneath you. Bring him to the ground and bind his arms and
-legs with your cords.
-
-"Four of you will hide in the wood on the right-hand side of the track,
-and four on the left-hand. The horses will probably be caught by our
-rope and will come to ground, their riders being thrown headlong. That
-is your moment of attack; spring upon them and rope them securely.
-
-"Should a horse escape the stretched rope, his rider must be brought to
-ground by your cudgels. Beware that no man escapes, or our plan will
-fail. Above all, remember there must be no bloodshed unless self-defence
-require it. Leave the rest to me; now, do you all understand?"
-
-"Aye, aye, sir," answered the rustics in a joyful shout.
-
-"Then get to your posts, all of you; our foes may be here at any
-moment," said Ralph.
-
-For a time absolute silence brooded upon the sylvan scene, save for the
-humming of insects and the twittering of birds.
-
-Ten minutes, a quarter of an hour, twenty minutes had passed, and yet
-there was no sign of approaching horsemen. Ralph's heart began to beat
-tumultuously.
-
-"Perhaps," thought he, "the Pursuivant has taken the long route over the
-downs, and all our well-laid schemes will come to naught," and he
-groaned within himself.
-
-He stepped forth from the wood into the track, and looked anxiously in
-the direction of Lewes.
-
-No sound struck his ear, but at that moment a flash of light caught his
-eye!
-
-The sun was shining upon bright steel halberds, and flashed yet brighter
-on the cuirasses of two musketeers. They were mounted on stout horses in
-war panoply, and behind them rose a tall officer in sombre uniform—it
-was the Pursuivant!
-
-Instantly Ralph dived unperceived into the wood, and a low whistle told
-his men that the moment for action was nigh. The horsemen were
-approaching at a brisk trot; their arquebuses were attached to their
-saddles; in their left hands they bore long halberds; they rode as men
-all unconscious of danger.
-
-Another moment and they were at hand!
-
-Crash! crash! both horses had struck the fatal rope, and their riders
-were thrown violently upon the track. The Pursuivant, who was riding
-about three yards in the rear of his men, threw his horse upon its
-haunches in blank amazement.
-
-Alas for him! he was at that moment exactly under the great oak limb
-which stretched across the track, and ere he could utter a sound two men
-dropped upon him, and he was caught in a strong embrace, while Ralph
-Jefferay stood at his horse's head, his hand on the bridle. Meanwhile
-the eight rustics had sprung from the wood, and ere the halberdiers
-could recover from their fall, they were imprisoned by vigorous arms,
-and stout ropes were being wound round their bodies.
-
-As the fallen horses struggled to their feet, two rustics sprang to
-their heads and held them fast.
-
-"What means this outrage?" shouted the Pursuivant; then, addressing
-Ralph, whom he recognized as the leader of the band, he added—
-
-"Do you know, sir, that I am a Queen's officer, and that you stop me at
-the peril of your life!"
-
-At a signal from Ralph, his two captors dismounted him from his saddle,
-and he came helplessly to the ground.
-
-"Search him," said Ralph, disdaining to make any reply to the luckless
-officer.
-
-His orders were instantly obeyed, and in a few moments the Pursuivant
-was relieved of a big official-looking document, which Ralph forthwith
-proceeded to open.
-
-"Listen, my men," he said; "this is a warrant for the apprehension of
-the Vicar of Chiddingly. What shall we do with it?"
-
-"Tear it in pieces and scatter it to the winds!" shouted the angry
-rustics.
-
-"At the peril of your lives!" shouted again the enraged officer.
-
-Ralph laughed scornfully in reply, and in another moment he had torn the
-formidable document to shreds, tossing them in the air as his followers
-had suggested.
-
-"You will suffer for this, sir," growled the astonished officer.
-
-"You are a bold man, Mr. Pursuivant," said Ralph. "You came hither on a
-message of death, and now your plans are frustrated and your life is in
-our hands! Have you thought of that, sir?"
-
-"You would not dare!" replied the officer.
-
-Ralph laughed aloud, and replied—
-
-"You little know the daring of the people of Sussex when they know that
-God is on their side; yet your experience to-day might give you an
-inkling of the extent of their hardihood.
-
-"But have no fear," he continued, "your life is safe, and you and your
-men can go back to Lewes to tell them how you have been outwitted by
-Sussex rustics.
-
-"Yet it does not suit our purposes that your return should be too
-quickly made, so we shall tie you to these trees by the roadside and
-relieve you of your horses. Before nightfall there will, doubtless, be
-passers-by who will release you from your bondage, and then you may
-trudge homeward."
-
-Then, ere the enraged Pursuivant could find words for a reply, Ralph
-turned to his men and said—
-
-"Quick, men, with the ropes; tie our prisoners securely to the trees by
-the roadside, beginning with the officer."
-
-In a few minutes his orders were carried out. Then Ralph bowed with mock
-ceremony to the Pursuivant.
-
-"Good-day, sir," he said; "I wish you a speedy release and a pleasant
-walk to Lewes!"
-
-And at a signal from their leader the whole gang dived into the forest,
-driving the horses in front of them.
-
-Ralph made his way to the hut where his horse had been stabled, and was
-soon trotting quietly homewards, his stalwarts following his example on
-foot by the well-known bypath of the forest.
-
-No sooner had the gang disappeared than the bound men began to struggle
-desperately in a vain endeavour to escape from their bonds, soon to find
-all their efforts useless.
-
-Then the Pursuivant spoke.
-
-"You Lewes men ought to be able to recognize some of these ruffians—do
-you know their leader?"
-
-"Yes, I know him," replied one of his men; "I have often seen him in
-Lewes—'tis Mr. William Jefferay."
-
-"Are you sure?" said the Pursuivant, rejoiced at the news.
-
-"Yes," replied the man, "I know him by his grey cap!"
-
-"Good," said the officer; "you shall hang for this, Mr. William
-Jefferay, as surely as there is a sun in the heavens."
-
-The day was wearing on, the sun rose high in the sky, and the bound men
-began to feel the pangs of thirst—yet no man passed that way to bring
-them release.
-
-They had many times shouted loudly for help—but there was none to make
-reply.
-
-Evening had come, and the wretched men began to fear that a night in the
-woods would be their fate—perhaps death itself from hunger and thirst!
-But Providence willed it otherwise.
-
-To their joy a woodman, returning from his daily toil, came slowly down
-the track.
-
-He started in amazement as he heard the cries of the prisoners, and came
-to the spot where they were bound.
-
-"What now, my masters!" cried the woodman. "What means all this?"
-
-"Don't waste time in talk, man," answered the luckless Pursuivant;
-"bring hither thy axe and cut these accursed ropes."
-
-The man hesitated, and his weather-beaten features assumed a shrewd
-expression.
-
-"You must first tell me who you be, and how you came to this pass; I may
-get myself into trouble."
-
-"Fool!" cried the Pursuivant, now getting angry, "I am a Queen's
-officer, and these are my men—thy axe, I say, thy axe, and that quick!"
-
-But the man was evidently the master of the situation, and he was not to
-be hurried.
-
-Moreover, his sense of cupidity began to be awakened—there was,
-doubtless, something to be earned in this matter.
-
-"Well, I doant know but what I med do you this little job," he said
-cautiously; "but what is it worth?"
-
-The Pursuivant ground his teeth with rage.
-
-"It will be worse for thee, fool, if thou hesitate any longer; come,
-bring thy axe and cut these ropes, I command you."
-
-"Oh, that is it, is it?" said the man; "then I leaves you to yourself
-and bid you good e'en!"
-
-And forthwith he began to walk away.
-
-At this the bound men set up a loud howl of entreaty—their worst fears
-seemed about to be realized.
-
-The woodman relented, and returned once more to the prisoners.
-
-This time he came straight to the point.
-
-"What will you give me if I cut your cords?" said he, and his eyes
-sparkled greedily.
-
-The Pursuivant hesitated ere he replied; his first thought was tinged
-with bitter rage: he would make this fellow smart for his greedy
-impudence.
-
-But reflection brought another thought: it did not matter what he gave
-this man; they were three to one—when once they were freed they could
-make him disgorge his ill-gotten gains!
-
-So he replied, "Come hither, man; put thy hand in my doublet pocket and
-take my purse, with all that it contains."
-
-The woodman obeyed, and soon found the purse; it was well lined, and his
-greed was satisfied.
-
-But he was no simpleton, and the same thought which had inspired the
-Pursuivant's generosity had occurred to him also; he determined,
-therefore, on his line of action.
-
-Approaching the tree to which one of the men-at-arms was bound, he
-raised his axe, and, with one blow, severed the rope.
-
-"Now loose thy fellows," he cried, as he bounded into the forest.
-
-The liberated man was long ere he freed his companions; by that time the
-woodman with the purse in his pocket was deep in the recesses of the
-forest.
-
-The night was falling, yet a long march lay before the three men ere the
-lights of Lewes would gladden their eyes.
-
-Yet, hungry, thirsty, and weary, they reached the county town that
-night, nor did the Pursuivant seek rest till the first step in his
-revenge was taken, and he had lodged his report with the authorities in
-the castle.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IV
-
- THAMES PIRATES
-
-
-It was an hour after sunset, and a rich red glow still lingered in the
-western horizon, tinging the waters of the Thames as they swirled past
-the water-gate of Surrey House with gleams of scarlet and gold.
-
-A young man stood on the brink of the river idly watching the ebb and
-flow of the tide.
-
-For some time he had been strolling to and fro on the velvety lawn of my
-Lord of Surrey's house at Chelsea, as if awaiting a companion.
-
-He was richly dressed, and the fading light glistened on many a jewel
-which bedecked his Court costume. It lit up the diamond cross of S. Iago
-of Toledo which he wore upon his breast, and gleamed on the diamonds
-which decked the pommel of the dress-sword which hung at his side.
-
-Queen Mary was holding a Court revel this night at Whitehall in honour
-of her royal consort, King Philip, who had that day arrived in London
-from Spain, to the great joy of the Queen, and Don Diego d'Olivares was
-apparelled for the fête.
-
-Don Diego was a typical Hidalgo of purest Castilian blood. His well-
-formed features, swarthy complexion, dark lustrous eyes, and glossy
-black locks proclaimed the fact.
-
-"My father comes not," he murmured to himself. "If he delay much longer,
-I shall leave him to follow me to Court in Lord Surrey's company."
-
-The light was fading off the river, the stars were becoming bright and
-lustrous, and the young courtier was growing impatient.
-
-Few boats were on the river; now and then a galley or a wherry would
-dart by, and he noticed that the boatmen were lighting their torches.
-
-He bethought him of the beautiful gardens at Whitehall, already gleaming
-beneath the light of hundreds of cressets. And his thoughts wandered to
-those whom he expected to meet there: the treasurer of Gray's Inn and
-his fair niece, Miss Susan Jefferay, the "heavenly twins," as he
-facetiously termed her two brothers William and Ralph, and many others.
-
-For Don Diego was a legal student also—perfecting himself in the
-knowledge of English law at the Temple, by command of his renowned step-
-father, the Spanish Ambassador at the Court of Queen Mary.
-
-He had met the twins at a masque at Gray's Inn, and a strong friendship
-had sprung up between the young men.
-
-Thus he mused as he watched the passing boats on the silent waterway.
-
-But Don Diego had not observed a dark wherry in which three men were
-seated, passing slowly up-stream.
-
-He had not marked when the two oarsmen therein had thrust their boat
-under the shadow of the bank fifty feet higher up, nor did he see them
-land stealthily and creep silently into his rear as he sat on a bench on
-the top of the terrace.
-
-Suddenly, and ere he could utter a cry for help, a shawl was thrown over
-his head, a gag was thrust into his mouth, a cord bound his arms to his
-side. Then he found himself lifted aloft by sturdy arms, and, despite
-his furious efforts, he was thrown violently into the boat, which at
-once pushed into the stream.
-
-One of the oarsmen propelled the boat rapidly in the direction of London
-Bridge; his companions proceeded to further secure their captive with
-strong ropes, binding both hands and feet.
-
-"That was a good haul, Bill," said one of the ruffians; "he is a fine
-bird, and will make good picking!"
-
-"Stop your gab, you fool, till we get aboard the hulk, there are too
-many boats about," muttered his companion savagely.
-
-The boat sped rapidly past Whitehall, where the lights were gleaming,
-and whence sounds of sweet music arose. They reached the ears of the
-poor prisoner as he lay at the mercy of his captors in the bottom of the
-boat, and they filled his heart with bitterness.
-
-Should he ever hear those sounds again—would his eyes ever look again
-upon the fair scenes of earth?
-
-Such were the thoughts that filled Don Diego's soul; he knew that he had
-fallen into the hands of merciless Thames pirates.
-
-The boat was now rapidly nearing London Bridge, and the oarsmen prepared
-to shoot one of its narrow arches. The unfortunate captive had struggled
-desperately to loose the cords which bound his hands and feet; alas! all
-his efforts were in vain—he had been too securely bound by practised
-hands.
-
-Yet he found it possible, by rubbing his head against the side of the
-boat, to disengage the gag which had almost suffocated him.
-
-Then, collecting all his strength, he shrieked forth piercing cries for
-"help" until his captors had sprung upon him and had replaced the gag.
-
-But his cries were not unheard, though he knew it not!
-
-In the afternoon of that day William and Ralph Jefferay had gone down-
-stream to Greenwich Park, and had strolled awhile beneath the majestic
-elms and oaks which begirt the royal palace.
-
-As evening fell they betook themselves to their light boat, and, being
-dexterous oarsmen, they made rapid progress against the swift-flowing
-tide, now on the ebb.
-
-They had no time to spare, for both the young men had accepted
-invitations to the Queen's Revel at Whitehall, and they must needs go
-first to Gray's Inn.
-
-They passed London Bridge beneath its widest arch, the central one, and
-were now opposite St. Paul's Wharf.
-
-At this moment a piercing cry for help rent the air, and the twins
-instantly rested upon their oars, and listened eagerly for a repetition
-of the cry. Alas! there was none; the silence of night was again upon
-the river.
-
-"Oh, Ralph!" said William, "that was a genuine cry for aid; it came from
-some poor creature in deadly peril. Oh! what can we do?"
-
-"We will respond to it, by the help of God," replied Ralph; "it came,
-surely, from that dark wherry which I see yonder preparing to shoot the
-bridge."
-
-"I thought so also," said William, "and methought I recognized the voice
-of him who called for help; it rang into my very soul, and, if I err
-not, it was the voice of our friend Diego!"
-
-"To the rescue! to the rescue!" cried Ralph in reply, and in an instant
-they had turned their boat down-stream and were following the suspicious
-wherry.
-
-Their light boat soon brought the heavier wherry into full view. They
-could see that there were three men on board of her; two were rowing,
-the third held the tiller.
-
-"What are our plans, William?" said Ralph; "do you take the lead, and I
-will second you promptly."
-
-"Agreed," replied his brother. "I propose, then, that we follow that
-wherry whithersoever it goes. If those men have a captive on board, they
-will soon seek to lodge him in durance—that will be our moment of
-attack.
-
-"For the present we keep within reach of them, but sufficiently far off
-to disarm their suspicions.
-
-"Leave the boat to me, I will row, and do you keep a vigilant eye on
-their movements. Loosen your poignard in its sheath—I will do the same—
-for this matter will not be decided without bloodshed, and may God
-defend the right!"
-
-"Amen," said Ralph solemnly, yet with a distinct sound of joyous
-exultation in his voice.
-
-No fear, no misgiving, found place in their brave young souls!
-
-On the contrary, they rejoiced in the thought and belief that this was a
-call from Heaven, that they were God's ministers in carrying out a work
-of mercy and justice! A minute later both boats shot beneath London
-Bridge at a furious pace, the temporarily imprisoned tide hurling them
-on its strong bosom down-stream.
-
-"They are making for the Surrey side," said Ralph; "it strikes me that
-they are going aboard one of those wretched hulks which line the shore;
-if so, what then?"
-
-"I think you are right," replied his brother; "they would not dare to
-land their victim on shore, where they would at once encounter the
-watchmen. If these men are Thames pirates, as I strongly suspect, then
-these dark black hulks are their fitting and foul nests.
-
-"Now, brother, take good heed, I beseech you—this is my plan. Presently
-the wherry will run alongside a hulk, and one man will leave the boat,
-mount the hulk, and proceed to make ready to disembark the captive. This
-is our moment to attack! We run in swiftly between the wherry and the
-hulk—so detaching them. Then we leap into the wherry, and our poignards
-must do the rest. It matters not what becomes of our little boat, a
-rescued life is worth a hundred such things."
-
-"Right," said Ralph, "I understand; now put a good way on the boat, for,
-if I mistake not, they are running alongside a hulk."
-
-Ralph was correct in his forecast; a moment later the wherry was
-alongside of a dark object, upon which one of the oarsmen sprung lightly
-with a rope in his hand. Then, with a loud crash, the light boat ran
-swiftly in between the two; and, above all, rang the fierce shouts and
-curses of the pirates.
-
-But as they rose in their wherry the twins leapt into it—giving it a
-strong impulse into the stream.
-
-There was no light on the hulk until the one man left upon it had lit a
-torch by whose lurid flame he sought to discover what had happened to
-his comrades.
-
-So the fierce fight began in darkness, save for the gleam of the
-twinkling stars.
-
-From their first onset the brothers perceived that their suspicions had
-been correct, for a bound man lay in the bottom of the boat, motionless
-and silent.
-
-The surprise to the pirates had been complete, yet they had time to draw
-their long knives, with which they struck desperately at their foes.
-
-It was a deadly struggle—there was no thought of asking or giving
-quarter; it was a matter of death or victory! Fierce blows were
-exchanged and parried; then the combatants closed, and the wherry swayed
-to and fro with a violence that threatened to submerge its occupants
-beneath the dark waters of the river.
-
-The first gleam of light from the torch on the hulk fell upon a scene of
-fiercest strife—upon men in deadly grip, equally expert with their
-weapons, equally matched in strength and courage.
-
-All were wounded, and the fast flowing blood rendered the planks of the
-wherry a slippery foot-hold.
-
-Suddenly William's foe lost his balance; in an instant he was hurled
-overboard, and sank beneath the waters. His comrade perceived this, and
-with a howl of rage he also flung himself into the stream—for he was
-desperately wounded, and, as William approached to his brothers aid, he
-knew that the end had come.
-
-Then the brothers turned eagerly to each other, and the question arose
-from both alike—
-
-"Brother, are you hurt?"
-
-"Not much, I think," said William.
-
-"Mere flesh wounds," said Ralph almost gaily.
-
-Then the twins joined hands and kissed each other on the cheek.
-
-"Let us kneel down and thank God!" whispered William.
-
-So they knelt side by side like two Christian warriors!
-
-Presently they rose, and now they turned their attention to the captive
-in the boat, who had ofttime been trampled under foot in the strife.
-
-"He is gagged," said William; "I will unloose him."
-
-For a few moments the rescued man was well-nigh unconscious through the
-pain and suffering he had undergone. Then the well-known voices of his
-friends the twins fell upon his ears like heavenly music, and he spake.
-
-"Brothers," he said, "will you cut my bonds?"
-
-"By Heaven!" cried William, "_it is_ Diego. Oh, thank God!"
-
-Then they cut his bonds, and the young Spaniard rose with great
-difficulty, so benumbed were his limbs.
-
-"Oh! my brothers," he cried, seizing their hands, "you have risked your
-lives to save mine, and Heaven has blessed your noble efforts;
-henceforth we are more than friends—we are brothers in heart and soul
-while life lasts.
-
-"Ah! I see that you are both wounded—you have shed your blood to save my
-life! How shall I thank you enough? Oh, may Heaven reward you! But come,
-let me examine your wounds; it is my turn now to turn rescuer."
-
-Ere Diego could carry out his intention, William sank suddenly into the
-bottom of the boat; he had fainted from loss of blood.
-
-A moment later Ralph lay beside him from like cause.
-
-"Oh, my brothers!" cried Diego in agonizing tones, "you will die before
-I can find succour for you; my poor life were not worth so great a
-sacrifice!"
-
-His first thought was to seize the oars and strive to reach Greenwich—
-the lights of the town were now plainly visible.
-
-Or he would strive to stanch their gaping wounds, and leave the boat to
-be borne forward by the rapid tide. While he thus hesitated, a sudden
-light appeared on the surface of the river, and his ears caught the
-welcome sound of the oars of a practised crew.
-
-It was a Queen's guardship, and as it rapidly neared the wherry Don
-Diego uttered a loud shout for help. His appeal found instant and joyous
-response, for on board that ship were his father and Lord Surrey.
-
-A Chelsea boatman had witnessed his capture, and had instantly given the
-alarm.
-
-Yet so long a time had it taken before the guardship at Whitehall wharf
-could be sent in pursuit of the pirates, that its aid would have been
-too late, but for the Heaven-sent interposition of the twins.
-
-The guardship rapidly drew alongside the wherry, and in a few minutes
-the wounded men and Diego were taken on board.
-
-With tender care William and Ralph were carried into the little cabin,
-and a ship's surgeon made immediate examination of their injuries.
-
-To the joy of Diego, he reported that though both the brothers were
-sorely lacerated, yet no desperate injury had been inflicted—they had
-lost much blood, and were thereby rendered unconscious; a few days'
-careful nursing was all that was required.
-
-The guardship soon reached Whitehall, and there, litters having been
-procured for the brothers, they were forthwith conveyed to their
-lodgings in Gray's Inn.
-
-Nor did Don Diego leave them till he had seen them safely consigned to
-the care of Miss Susan Jefferay, who had lately come to town from
-Chiddingly Place on a visit to her uncle, Sir John.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER V
-
- GRAY'S INN
-
-
-The morning was yet young when Sir John Jefferay entered the library at
-Gray's Inn.
-
-It was a noble room with a splendid vaulted roof. All around were
-bookshelves laden with heavy volumes; above the shelves were portraits
-of famous lawyers, and some few statesmen whose names were associated
-with the history of the Inn.
-
-The floor was thickly carpeted, and scattered here and there were tables
-strewn with documents and parchments.
-
-Sir John seemed ill at ease this morning; he did not seat himself, nor
-did his books and papers seem to have any attraction for him.
-
-He walked to and fro in the spacious room, his hands crossed behind his
-back, his grave but handsome face bore the look of one in trouble or in
-deep reflection. He was clad in a suit of rich black velvet, the
-sombreness of which was relieved by a ruff of spotless whiteness around
-the neck and wristbands of delicate lace of the same colour.
-
-A tap at the door awoke him from reflective mood, and as the door
-opened, and Susan Jefferay appeared, a welcoming smile dispelled the
-gloom from the Treasurer's anxious face.
-
-And no wonder; for not only was Susan the darling of the childless
-Treasurer's heart, but her winsome presence, her bright smile and merry,
-dancing eyes were to him like a gleam of sunshine which dispels the
-clouds from a dark sky.
-
-"Good news! good news! dear uncle," she cried, as she ran up to him with
-outstretched hands. "Dr. Barnes has been with the boys for the last
-hour, and I have helped him to dress their wounds; he says I am as
-clever at it as many a young surgeon. And they are both doing well—much
-better than he had dared to hope for.
-
-"There is no fever in their blood, he says, and they need but good
-nursing and careful feeding to be as strong and well as they ever were,
-and that in a very few days' time."
-
-"I thank God for that!" said the Treasurer fervently. "I could not sleep
-last night," he continued; "the sight of their poor gashed and lacerated
-bodies was ever before my eyes."
-
-"And yet no vital point was touched by the murderous knives," replied
-Susan. "Oh, how good Heaven has been to us! But, dear uncle, you look
-very wearied and sad this lovely morning; now, tell me at once, and tell
-me truly, have you breakfasted?"
-
-Sir John laughed lightly as he looked on her smiling face.
-
-"No, my child, I have not yet touched food; but I will go now to the
-breakfast room with you, for you must need refreshment as much as I."
-
-The dwelling rooms of the Treasurer closely adjoined the library, and
-presently Sir John and Susan were seated at a well-spread table.
-
-For half-an-hour they lingered there, Susan attending to all her uncle's
-needs with loving care.
-
-"Now I will go and see the boys," said Sir John, rising from his seat.
-
-"Not yet, dear uncle, I beseech you," replied Susan. "Dr. Barnes has
-given them some soothing medicine which will probably induce sleep; they
-must not be disturbed for some hours. Moreover, I want you for a brief
-time all to myself; I have something to tell you which troubles me."
-
-"Really!" said Sir John, as he stooped down and kissed her cheek, "I
-always thought that you and trouble were far apart!"
-
-"Let us go back into the library," said his niece; "we shall be
-undisturbed there."
-
-"This sounds serious!" said Sir John.
-
-"It is serious—or at least I fear so," replied Susan.
-
-Once more in the library, the Treasurer seated himself in one of the
-great leather chairs, and Susan, bringing a footstool to his side, sat
-down beside him.
-
-The two made a striking picture.
-
-Sir John's noble and pensive face was lighted up by a gentle and loving
-smile as he gazed down on his niece's fair face.
-
-This morning she had not tied her hair, and the long golden locks fell
-in rich profusion over her shoulders. Her morning gown was simplicity
-itself; its pure whiteness was unrelieved by colour but for a waistband
-of blue silk; she wore no ornament save that on her shapely finger a
-ring beset with diamonds glittered in the sunlight—it was surely a love
-gift!
-
-"Now, Susan, for your revelation," said Sir John, as he took her little
-hand and held it caressingly.
-
-"You remember, dear uncle," began Susan, "how Ralph came to us at
-Chiddingly last Sunday week, intending to pass at least ten days with
-us? Well, he left us on Wednesday night, at which I marvelled."
-
-"So did I," interpolated Sir John.
-
-"I must tell you," continued the fair girl, "that on that Sunday morning
-a messenger brought me a letter from Mr. Geoffrey Fynes."
-
-"Ah! ah!" said Sir John, "this grows interesting."
-
-Susan blushed prettily as she looked into her uncle's face, and shook
-her head reprovingly.
-
-"Oh, uncle, you must be serious; I think you will be so when I have told
-you all!"
-
-"Go on, my child," said Sir John gravely.
-
-"Well, I have the letter here; I meant to show it to you last night;
-please read it."
-
-The Treasurer took the letter, and as he read it his face assumed an
-increased expression of gravity.
-
-"And did the Pursuivant come—only to find the Vicarage empty?"
-
-"No," said Susan, "and that is my trouble! I showed the letter to Ralph,
-little thinking that any harm would ensue from my doing so.
-
-"On the Wednesday, when I expected to see the Queen's officer, Ralph was
-absent from home all day, and on making inquiries I found he had gone on
-horseback into the woods.
-
-"I began to be anxious, and I made inquiries about him in the stables
-and elsewhere. Then I found to my alarm that many of our young men were
-missing from Chiddingly that day.
-
-"Ralph returned home in the afternoon, but he would tell me nothing—
-'these were not women's matters,' he said. That same night he took the
-road for London."
-
-"And since then have you heard nothing?" said Sir John eagerly.
-
-"Not until to-day," replied Susan. "This morning a messenger from
-Chiddingly brought me another letter from Mr. Geoffrey Fynes; he did not
-know that I had left home for London. It is this letter which fills me
-with anxiety and no little astonishment. I will read you the passage
-which deals with this business."
-
-Susan's fair face flushed as she glanced over the letter which she held
-in her hand; then she read as follows—
-
- "'There is danger abroad for some members of your house, I fear.
-
- "'I am revealing a State secret to you at the risk of the loss of
- place, reputation, and, perhaps, even life itself! Yet I do not
- hesitate to tell you, my sweet Susan, all I know, for your interests
- are dearer to me than aught else in this world.
-
- "'In a few words the matter stands thus—
-
- "'The Queen's Pursuivant was assaulted by a band of men in
- Chiddingly wood on Wednesday morning; his warrant was forcibly taken
- from him and torn to pieces by the leader of the band. That leader
- was recognized by one of his men as Mr. William Jefferay.
-
- "'The Queen's officers suffered no personal injury, but they were
- bound to trees in the forest, where they remained until nightfall,
- when a passing woodman released them. The Pursuivant is hastening to
- London to lay the whole matter before the Council.
-
- "'Warn William that he may be arrested any day, and be brought
- before the Chancellor in the Star Chamber. My advice is that he take
- instant flight abroad.'"
-
-Sir John rose hastily from his seat and walked to and fro in the
-library, full of disquietude and fear. Suddenly he turned to Susan.
-
-"This is serious news indeed," he said; "it is a matter of life or
-death. Oh, foolish, foolish boy! what madness could have possessed him?
-
-"But tell me, Susan," he exclaimed eagerly, "why is this charge brought
-against William? Surely, if the offence was committed, it was Ralph who
-was the offender."
-
-"I think I can answer that question," said Susan tremblingly. "I
-observed that when Ralph returned home on that fatal Wednesday, he was
-wearing William's grey cap; he must have taken it by mistake."
-
-"Ah, I see a gleam of light here," said Sir John quickly. "The warrant
-will be made out in William's name.
-
-"Now it so happens, by God's good grace, that the Master of the Rolls,
-Sir Philip Broke, was with me all that Wednesday in question; we were
-holding a long legal consultation, and William acted as my secretary.
-
-"We will let matters take their course! If the worst befall, it will be
-many days before the poor wounded boy can appear before the Court of the
-Star Chamber, and, when he does, Sir Philip and I will be a match for
-the Queen's Pursuivant."
-
-Then, moving swiftly to Susan's side, he kissed her cheek fondly.
-
-"Fear not, dear child," he cried; "I have hope that God will bring us
-safely through this trouble!"
-
-"But if they find out that Ralph is the real culprit?" said Susan
-falteringly.
-
-"Yes, there lies the real danger," said Sir John musingly. "Alas, that
-he lies helpless on a bed of sickness; but for that he should be in
-Holland, with our dear Vicar, ere twenty-four hours had passed."
-
-A sudden thought struck him.
-
-"Think you, Susan, that William knows aught of this mad adventure?"
-
-"I think so," replied Susan, "for the boys have no secrets apart from
-each other, and if matters came to the worst, as you say, I believe that
-William would plead guilty rather than Ralph should suffer!"
-
-"Oh, boys, boys! how you wring my heart!" cried Sir John, with
-uncontrollable emotion.
-
-He resumed his seat, and for a short time remained in deep thought; then
-he spoke slowly and with deep emphasis.
-
-"The innocent must not suffer for the guilty—no, God forbid! But let us
-hope for the best," he continued, as he marked the growing pallor of
-poor Susan's face. "It was a foolish freak, but no man has been injured—
-no blood was shed.
-
-"Cheer up, my child, we have powerful friends in Court, even in this
-Court of the Star Chamber—the worst of all our Courts! In the last
-issue, if all else fails, it may be but a matter of a fine, and we are,
-happily, rich enough to pay it; or a short imprisonment, and the boy is
-young, and will live through it. Cheer up, Susan; wipe those tears away,
-and trust in God that all will come right!
-
-"Now go and see the boys, and let me know if I may see them also,"
-continued Sir John.
-
-"I go, dear uncle," said Susan, rising to her feet; "but pardon me if I
-urge that you say nothing to them at present about this sad matter;
-remember that Dr. Barnes enjoins the most watchful care on our part;
-they must have rest and peace both for body and mind."
-
-"I will remember, most wise nurse!" said Sir John, as he rose to open
-the door for her with a smile on his grave countenance.
-
-Susan had scarcely left the library than, with a preliminary knock at
-the door, Sir John's valet entered it.
-
-Bowing low, the man informed his master that his Excellency the Spanish
-Ambassador and his son Don Diego d'Olivares were in the entrance-hall,
-and that they craved the honour of a brief interview.
-
-Sir John nodded assent, and a few moments later he heard the steps of
-his visitors as they ascended the stairs to the library.
-
-Hastening to the top of the staircase the Treasurer met his
-distinguished visitors with deep obeisance.
-
-But the Ambassador was evidently in no mood to stand upon points of
-ceremony.
-
-Hurrying forward, with extended hands, he warmly saluted the Treasurer,
-yet the anxiety which had prompted this early morning call found
-immediate utterance in the first words he spoke.
-
-"Your boys, Mr. Treasurer, are they doing well?"
-
-"Dr. Barnes has just left them, your Excellency, and his report is
-altogether favourable; they have many serious flesh wounds, yet, by the
-mercy of God, no vital injury has been inflicted; and, if nothing
-unforeseen occurs, they will make a rapid recovery to health."
-
-"They are noble boys!" cried the Ambassador, with enthusiasm. "They
-saved my son's life at the peril of their own, and with a manly daring
-which moves all men to admiration. London is ringing with their praises
-to-day; they are the heroes of the hour!"
-
-Then Don Diego intervened with an eager request that he might visit the
-sick-room.
-
-"It may not be, young sir," said Sir John. "You know they have a
-masterful young nurse in Mistress Susan Jefferay, and I myself have just
-been refused an interview with the boys by their stern guardian; they
-are to be kept in absolute quiet, she says, or Dr. Barnes will not
-answer for the consequences."
-
-So the visitors took their departure, Diego obtaining permission to
-return to Gray's Inn in the evening.
-
-Throughout that day visitors poured in at the Treasurer's lodgings with
-eager inquiries respecting the lads whose deed of daring had become
-public property from the moment when the Queen's guardship came to their
-rescue.
-
-To many of these visitors the lads were unknown personally, though their
-handsome faces and strongly knit bodies had attracted much observation
-in Gray's Inn and its neighbourhood.
-
-But Sir John was one of the leading men of the day; not only was he
-known to be a great lawyer, but he sat in Queen Mary's Parliament as a
-member for the City of London, and was fast becoming a strong leader
-among the members of the House who were silently ranging themselves as
-partisans of the young Princess Elizabeth.
-
-In the evening the young Spaniard, Don Diego, returned to the Inn, and
-he brought news with him which Susan promised to impart to her brothers
-at the earliest possible moment.
-
-Diego had gone down the Thames that morning on board a guardship in the
-hope of discovering the hulk to which his captors would have taken him,
-but his efforts had been useless.
-
-There were many suspicious-looking hulks moored on the banks of the
-stream, but he had no means of identifying the one he sought.
-
-When the twins were themselves again, they would make another attempt;
-he had been lying in the bottom of the boat, fast bound, when one of his
-captors had endeavoured to moor the boat alongside the hulk.
-
-But he had other news.
-
-The watermen had picked up the bodies of the two ruffians who had leapt
-overboard—they had paid the due penalty of their crime.
-
-The hour was growing late when the young Spaniard took his leave, and
-the wearied Treasurer was just congratulating himself that the labours
-of the day were over, when the valet once more presented himself in the
-library.
-
-"Another visitor—and at this late hour!" said Sir John, somewhat
-impatiently. "Make my excuses, Robin," he continued; "say that I have
-retired to rest."
-
-"Yes, Sir John", said Robin, yet he lingered as if he had something
-further to say.
-
-"What is it, man?" said Sir John, perceiving Robin's hesitation.
-
-"Please, your honour, and craving your pardon, I doubt if the visitor
-will take your dismissal thus easily: it is Sir William Anson, the
-Sheriff of London."
-
-Sir John rose hastily from his chair, and Susan ran from the couch
-whereon she was seated to her uncle's side.
-
-"Oh, uncle," she cried, as she flung her arms around his neck, "he
-comes, surely, on the Queen's business; the fatal hour has come. Oh God,
-help us!"
-
-"Courage, dear one!" whispered Sir John in her ear. "Sir William is a
-friend of mine; his errand may be but one of friendly inquiry. Compose
-yourself; remain in the library, you may hear all that he has to say."
-
-Then he bade Robin admit the late visitor.
-
-A moment later the Sheriff entered the room, bowing low to both its
-occupants as he did so.
-
-He was a man of stately presence, his dress of sombre colours yet of
-rich material.
-
-He advanced towards Sir John with extended hand, and his handsome face
-was lit up with a cordial smile. Susan's heart was reassured as she
-marked his friendly behaviour; but Sir John's eyes were fixed upon a
-small gold chain of office which the Sheriff wore around his neck.
-
-"He comes officially, on the Queen's business!" said Sir John within
-himself.
-
-Sir William seated himself at the invitation of the Treasurer.
-
-"Tell me, first, Sir John," he said, "how your gallant nephews fare. It
-is a scandal to London that such an outrage could happen on our own
-river; but we are overrun with foreigners, outlaws and riffraff of all
-sorts; we must see to it!"
-
-Then, hearing a good report of the lads, he thanked Heaven for the news,
-and therewith glanced nervously towards Susan.
-
-Sir John perceived his difficulty.
-
-"You have something private to say to me, Sir William," he said; "you
-may say it before my niece, I have no secrets from her."
-
-"I can understand that, Sir John," said the gallant Sheriff, with a
-courtly smile as he bowed towards Susan. "I will therefore tell you
-plainly and fully why I am come to you at so untimely an hour.
-
-"Yet let me ask you both to keep my visit from the knowledge of others,
-for I am exceeding my office to-night, and might be called in question
-for what I do."
-
-Sir John and Susan gravely bowed assent.
-
-"It is respecting one of your noble boys, William Jefferay, that I have
-come hither. To-night I come as your friend and well-wisher, but to-
-morrow, alas! I shall bring you a warrant for his arrest in the Queens
-name and by order of the Court of the Star Chamber."
-
-Sir John gave a low groan, and poor Susan hid her fair face in her
-hands.
-
-"You will ask me why I come to you to-night with this sad news," said
-the Sheriff, with real sympathy in his kindly heart. "I will tell you
-why I come. My warrant commands me to possess myself of William
-Jefferay's body, and to commit it forthwith to Her Majesty's prison at
-the Fleet.
-
-"Be not surprised, not alarmed, therefore, when to-morrow morning I
-serve the warrant with all due state and ceremony. Yet will I not attach
-his body until he shall have regained his strength if you, Sir John,
-will give me your word of honour that no attempt at escape be made on
-his behalf."
-
-"I give you my word, Mr. Sheriff," said Sir John, "and I count it an act
-of friendship on your part that you have thus given me warning."
-
-The Sheriff rose from his seat, advanced towards Sir John, and shook his
-hand heartily.
-
-"My good friend," said he, "would to God that I could do more for you!
-but keep a good heart, for you have many a friend both at Court and in
-the city."
-
-So saying, the kind-hearted Sheriff made his adieux and took his
-departure.
-
- --------------
-
-Susan had borne up bravely during this brief interview; yet, when the
-Sheriff had gone, and she and Sir John were left to themselves, her
-fortitude gave way, and she began to sob gently.
-
-Sir John moved to her side and took her hand caressingly.
-
-"Is this the brave and trusty nurse," he said to her in a low voice, "of
-whom I was so proud to-day?
-
-"Oh, Susan, dear Susan, have faith in God; let us kneel together and
-commit the whole matter to His most gracious keeping!
-
-"Now go to rest, dear child," said Sir John, as they rose from their
-kneeling posture.
-
-"Presently, dear uncle, I will seek rest," replied Susan; "but I have
-work in the sick-room awaiting me, and I keep watch there the first half
-of the night."
-
-Then, bidding her uncle "Good-night," Susan lit a wax candle and quitted
-the library.
-
- --------------
-
-For a full hour the Treasurer sat alone in deep thought. He resolved
-that on the morrow he would send a trusty messenger to the Hague, who
-should inform his brother of all that had passed, and the present
-position of affairs.
-
-How he longed for the presence of William—how valuable would his counsel
-be to him at this crisis!
-
-Yet it could not be, for it was known full well to those in power that
-William had aided the Vicar of Chiddingly to escape, that he had gone
-with him to Holland.
-
-He therefore lay under grave suspicion, and must remain an exile until
-happier days.
-
-At length, weary and worn, the Treasurer betook himself to rest.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VI
-
- THE STAR CHAMBER
-
-
-The Star Chamber was a part of a range of buildings on the east side of
-Palace Yard at Westminster.
-
-Its peculiar name did not find its origin in any distinctive feature of
-the building, but rather from the fact that, by order of King Richard I,
-the "Starra," or Jewish Covenants, were deposited there.
-
-In the reign of Edward III large additions were made to the Palace at
-Westminster, including St. Stephen's Chapel, and a new council chamber
-henceforth to be known as the Court of the Star Chamber.
-
-This was the popular name of the building; the Court itself was known
-officially as "The Lords of the Council sitting in the Star Chamber."
-
-It was instituted in the reign of Henry VII (A.D. 1487), and the number
-of judges varied, from time to time, from twenty-six to forty-two; the
-Lord Chancellor, or the Lord Keeper, was the President.
-
-It took cognizance of perjury, riot, and conspiracy. The building was
-large, and richly decorated. The walls were panelled to the ceiling,
-great bow windows admitted light and air.
-
-The ceiling was ornamented with carved wood-work, and was richly
-painted.
-
-It was in this building, and before this august tribunal, that William
-Jefferay appeared, in the month of September, A.D. 1557, on the charge
-of riot and assault.
-
- --------------
-
-A fortnight had passed since the warrant had been duly served by the
-Sheriff, and for the past three days William had been an inmate of the
-Fleet prison.
-
-The boys had rapidly regained their health, though William still carried
-his arm in a bandage, and the pallor of his handsome face showed the
-stress through which he had passed.
-
-As soon as the state of their health had permitted it, their uncle had
-revealed to them the dangerous position in which William stood.
-
-As Susan had surmised, "the brothers had no secrets," and Ralph's
-adventure in the Chiddingly woods was well known to William.
-
-But to both of them the news that William, and not Ralph, was deemed the
-culprit, was a matter of profound amazement, and, on Ralph's part, of
-intense indignation.
-
-"Oh, uncle," he cried, "this may not be! Mine was the folly, if folly it
-was, and on my head must fall the consequences, be they what they may!"
-
-An approving smile lit up Sir John's noble and dignified face as he
-replied—
-
-"I knew that would be your first thought, and you may yet have to pay
-the penalty of your wild freak—Heaven only knows! But in this mistake of
-identity lies, perhaps, the path of safety, and the Master of the Rolls
-agrees with me that it is our wisest course to let the matter proceed."
-
-With great reluctance Ralph consented, with the assurance of his uncle
-that if aught went amiss, and William was not acquitted, the whole truth
-should be told.
-
- --------------
-
-Three days later the Sheriff appeared at Gray's Inn with much ceremony,
-and Ralph saw his brother carried off a prisoner to the Fleet.
-
-It was the first moment of real anguish in his young life, and but for
-the sweet influence of his sister, Ralph would have then proclaimed
-himself the offender and demanded the release of his brother.
-
-From the library window Ralph and Susan had seen the departure of
-William under the escort of the Sheriff's guard, and the boy's pale face
-was wrung with so intense an agony that Susan's fears were strongly
-aroused.
-
-"Oh, Ralph," she cried, "for the love of God do nothing rashly, bring
-not your uncle's plans to confusion; have faith that all will come right
-in Heaven's good time."
-
-She laid her hand upon his shoulder and drew him lovingly towards her,
-seeing that he was irresolute.
-
-"Have you no pity for _me_?" she said. "Think you that I do not suffer
-with you, and with our beloved uncle also?"
-
-A moment more, and the crisis was past; the prisoner and his escort had
-moved out of sight, and Ralph sank exhausted upon a couch: his barely
-recovered strength had failed him.
-
- --------------
-
-Three days had passed since William had been committed to the Fleet
-prison, where, thanks to the Sheriff, the prisoner had been granted a
-private room, and every alleviation of his hard lot which the Governor
-could give to him.
-
-He had been permitted to receive visitors, and each day Sir John and
-Susan had spent some hours with him. On the evening of the third day
-Simon Renard, the Spanish Ambassador, had brought the great news to
-Gray's Inn that the Council of the Star Chamber would meet on the
-morrow, and that William's fate would be then decided.
-
-That night the friends of the unhappy boy met in the library at Gray's
-Inn to decide on their course of action.
-
-The day had been hot, the evening was sultry, and the windows of the
-fine room were thrown open to admit the little air that stirred the
-leaves of the plane-trees in the square.
-
-The room was somewhat dimly lit by wax candles, and small silver lamps,
-fed with perfumed oil, sent forth a languorous odour.
-
-Don Simon Renard had much to tell the gentlemen who sat around him,
-among whom were the Lord Mayor of London, the Master of the Rolls, and,
-of course, Sir John Jefferay.
-
-To all of these men the constitution of the Star Chamber and the course
-of procedure at the Council Meeting were perfectly well known, and the
-personal characteristics of every member of that dread tribunal (each of
-whom acted as a judge) were equally familiar to them.
-
-Don Renard told them that the Chancellor himself, the Earl of Arundel,
-would preside, and that with him would sit the Earl of Pembroke, the
-Lords Paget and Rochester, Sir William Petre, and many others.
-
-Cardinal Pole rarely sat at the Council—yet, at the Ambassador's
-especial solicitation, he had promised attendance on the morrow.
-
-No strangers had a right to be present in the Court. Nevertheless, the
-Chancellor had granted the Ambassador's request that Sir Philip Broke
-and Sir John Jefferay might be admitted on this occasion.
-
-The accused person was not allowed the privilege of the assistance of
-"Counsel," excepting upon the special invitation of the President.
-
-"Our chief hope," said the Ambassador, "lies in the fact that the Master
-of the Rolls and the Treasurer of Gray's Inn can give in evidence that
-William was, at the time of the assault, actually with them in the
-Library of Gray's Inn, which should conclusively prove that he cannot
-possibly be guilty of the offence now charged against him."
-
-"Beyond a doubt," answered Sir John; "yet my mind misgives me on one
-point. The Pursuivant," he continued, "may fail to identify William as
-his assailant; he may have heard of the extraordinary resemblance of the
-twin brothers. And if William be acquitted, he may shift the charge to
-Ralph and demand his arrest."
-
-"I think you are distressing yourself needlessly, my friend," answered
-the Ambassador, "for let me tell you that this very day the Pursuivant
-was taken to the Fleet that he might see the prisoner as he took his
-daily exercise in the yard. He saw him, and was instantly convinced that
-William was the man who had assaulted him in Chiddingly wood. Moreover,
-we have no reason to suppose that he is aware of Ralph's existence."
-
-"I am afraid that the last-named circumstance is too well known both in
-London and at Lewes," interposed the Lord Mayor, "especially since the
-occurrence of the gallant episode on the Thames. I begin to think that
-Sir John's fears are well founded, and that after all our wisest course
-would be to send Ralph across the water, and that instantly; he is now
-quite strong enough to travel."
-
-Sir John smiled sadly as he replied—
-
-"You do not know my two nephews sufficiently well, my Lord Mayor, if you
-think that scheme possible. Let me tell you that they are so linked
-together in brotherly love that Ralph would never consent to save his
-own life if thereby he endangered William's safety. Nay, more, let me
-assure you that if our plans failed, and William were condemned, Ralph
-would at once make a full confession to the authorities."
-
-"They are two noble boys," cried Don Renard, with generous enthusiasm,
-"equally great in love and strife; have no fear for them, my dear Sir
-John. Heaven will not suffer them to pass their young lives in a prison
-cell!"
-
-Thus the friendly conclave debated until the hour grew late, and the
-heavy air within the library became oppressive.
-
-As night had deepened the sultry atmosphere had given place to storm and
-tempest, and a heavy rain was falling.
-
-The lights had grown dim, but the noble proportions of the library were
-almost continuously lit up by the flashes of lightning, and the deep
-diapason of the rolling thunder shook the ancient Inn.
-
-The serving men of the friends in Council were awaiting their masters
-with carriages in the Square, and as St. Paul's clock struck the hour of
-midnight Sir John's guests took their departure.
-
-The day had already begun which was "big with fate" for the twin
-brothers!
-
-The storm was abating, and Sir John stood at the open window watching
-the fleeting clouds and the occasional glimmer of stars emerging from
-the gloom. A light step across the thickly carpeted floor did not catch
-his ear, but a caressing arm thrown round his neck told him that Susan
-was there.
-
-"To rest, dear uncle, to rest," said she; "for this day will bring thee
-labour and toil for body and mind! Yet tell me briefly, does all go
-well—do our friends give us cause to hope for the best?"
-
-Then Sir John comforted her distressed heart by telling her in a few
-words their schemes for the great event in the Star Chamber, and their
-hopes for a joyful delivery from their cares, and Susan at length sought
-her chamber somewhat cheered.
-
- --------------
-
-The day broke fine and cloudless.
-
-The sun shone through the painted windows of the great Court House of
-the Star Chamber, casting a thousand richly tinted shadows on the marble
-floor. The gilt stars in the roof glittered, and rich beams of light
-fell on the beautiful panelling which lined the walls of the noble hall.
-
-It was yet early morn, and the only occupants of the Court were the
-ushers, attendants and servants who were making preparations for the
-meeting of the Court. At ten o'clock armed warders took up their
-positions within the hall; a few minutes later the Sheriff with a strong
-force of javelin men made his entry; he had brought up the prisoner,
-William Jefferay, from the Fleet prison.
-
-The boy's handsome face was deadly pale, forming a strong contrast with
-his dark, flashing eyes. There was no sign of fear or misgiving on the
-part of the youthful prisoner as he took his place in the dock, a warder
-standing on each side of him.
-
-Presently a small group of gentlemen entered the hall to whom all
-present showed great deference, and they were shown to benches reserved
-for distinguished visitors who held permits from the Lord Chancellor.
-
-William's eyes lit up with pleasure, and his pale face flushed as he
-recognized Don Simon Renard and his stepson Diego, Sir John Jefferay,
-and the Master of the Rolls among the group.
-
-When all were seated a solemn silence ensued, shortly to be broken by
-the clarion tones of silver trumpets.
-
-The Lords of the Council were entering the Chamber in a stately
-procession vested in their robes of office. Every point of the ancient
-form and ceremony was rigidly observed.
-
-All men stood, cap in hand, until the Chancellor had taken his seat;
-then, at a sign from him, a richly bedizened herald stepped forth and
-proclaimed that the Court was opened.
-
-On the Chancellor's right hand sat Cardinal Pole. Between these famous
-men there was a marked and striking contrast.
-
-The Earl of Arundel was a dark-featured man of some fifty years of age;
-his black beard and moustache, worn in the Tudor style, was streaked
-with grey. A soldier, a statesman, a courtier of immense power and
-influence, he had steered his political barque with supreme skill
-through the stormy period of the English Reformation, when many greater
-than he, and more highly placed, had suffered shipwreck. Just now he was
-the acknowledged leader of the Spanish faction at Court, and no man
-stood higher than he in the favour of King Philip.
-
-To-day his sombre face had a marked expression of sternness, which
-underwent a sudden change as the Cardinal bent towards him and whispered
-something in his ear. Arundel was listening to the Cardinal with
-unwonted deference, and his grim features relaxed into a friendly smile
-as he made reply in low tones.
-
-From the bench where he sat Sir John's keen eyes had noted that both
-these illustrious judges were bending close, inquisitorial glances on
-the boy prisoner; he was evidently the subject of their secret
-discourse.
-
-"The Chancellor seems to be in a stern frame of mind to-day," whispered
-Sir John to Sir Philip Broke.
-
-"I have seen him look yet more fierce," replied the Master of the Rolls.
-"I was with him on the day when he arrested his brother-in-law the Duke
-of Northumberland, when the gleam of his dark eyes struck terror into
-the Duke's soul! But be of good courage, Sir John; mark how the
-Cardinal's gentle smile is thawing his icy reserve, and remember his
-Eminence hath promised Don Renard to give us all the aid in his power."
-
-"Thank God for that!" whispered Sir John in reply.
-
-Cardinal Reginald Pole, Archbishop of Canterbury, was perhaps the
-foremost Englishman of his age.
-
-An aristocrat of the finest type, with the royal blood of the
-Plantagenets in his veins, he was, above all things, an ecclesiastic of
-stainless life and reputation.
-
-Those who differed from him _toto cælo_ in religious matters were eager
-to acknowledge his incorruptibility and devotion to duty.
-
-Men remembered how boldly he had withstood the threats and cajoleries of
-King Henry VIII; how, later, he had shown a bold front to the Vatican
-itself, and to the most dreaded tribunal in the world, the "Holy
-Office"!
-
-There was something eminently pleasing and attractive in the face,
-bearing and physique of the great Cardinal. Notwithstanding his long
-sojourn in foreign lands, he was a typical Englishman.
-
-He wore his hair long—it hung in profusion on his broad shoulders, and,
-like his long bushy beard, was of a rich brown colour.
-
-His fine expressive face was somewhat colourless, but it was lit up by
-the deep-blue eyes of the Plantagenet race—eyes which at times gleamed
-with tenderness and pity.
-
-He was spare in body, and his hands were as small and as delicately
-shaped as those of a woman.
-
-The whispered conversation between the Chancellor and the Cardinal had
-come to an end, and for a moment a deep silence brooded in the Court.
-
-Then, at a signal from Lord Arundel, the Clerk of the Court rose and
-"called on" the case which was occupying the minds of all men present.
-
-"The Queen _v._ William Jefferay; prisoner at the bar," he cried in loud
-tones, "you are charged that on the 17th of July last you committed an
-assault upon the Queen's Pursuivant; how say you—are you guilty or not
-guilty?"
-
-William bowed low to the Chancellor, and in subdued but distinct tones
-replied—
-
-"Not guilty, my Lord."
-
-"Let us hear the witnesses," said Lord Arundel, and thereupon the
-Pursuivant arose; behind him stood his assistants.
-
-There was something vindictive and threatening in the attitude and voice
-of the Pursuivant—a note of triumph rang out with his words.
-
-He felt sure of his case, and positively sure of the identity of the
-accused with his assailant in the woods of Chiddingly.
-
-In slow and measured terms the Pursuivant gave his evidence, telling the
-tale of the assault in the woods in full detail.
-
-His two halberdiers, as witnesses of the attack upon the Queen's
-officer, bore testimony to the truth of the charge made against the
-prisoner.
-
-The Court was but thinly attended; the general public could only obtain
-admission by invitation, and this was rarely accorded.
-
-Yet among those present were many—even in the rank of the august judges—
-who knew something of young Jefferay and had heard of his recent deed of
-daring on the Thames.
-
-Among these a deep feeling of dismay and commiseration arose, so clear
-and undeniable appeared the evidence of the young prisoner's folly;
-already they seemed to see the executioner clipping the ears and
-slitting the nose of his victim!
-
-It was at this critical moment that the Cardinal again turned towards
-the Chancellor and whispered something in his ear; Lord Arundel nodded
-assent to his suggestion.
-
-Cardinal Pole thereupon addressed the Court. The Cardinal's voice was
-soft and musical; he spoke in low and gentle terms, yet was he
-distinctly audible even to the furthest extremity of that great hall.
-
-"There is a mystery in this case," he said, "and it does not lie upon
-the surface. Some of us are not convinced as to the identity of the
-accused, notwithstanding the evidence of the Queen's officers. By
-permission of the Lord Chancellor I call upon the Treasurer of Gray's
-Inn, Sir John Jefferay, and the Master of the Rolls, Sir Philip Broke,
-to give evidence upon this vital point."
-
-An excited murmur passed among the audience as Sir John Jefferay, in
-obedience to this command, rose in his place and proceeded to the
-witness-box, and addressing the Court, said—
-
-"With your permission, my Lords, I will first ask for the date and the
-hour of the alleged assault."
-
-Much marvelling, the Pursuivant rose and said in reply—
-
-"It was on the seventeenth day of July, and the hour was about eight
-o'clock in the morning."
-
-"Thank you, Mr. Pursuivant," replied Sir John, with great gravity; then,
-turning towards the Bench of Judges, he said—
-
-"On that day, and at that hour, I held a consultation in the library of
-Gray's Inn with my honourable friend the Master of the Rolls, here
-present. My secretary took notes of our conference, and was with us all
-that morning. The secretary in question was Mr. William Jefferay, the
-prisoner at the Bar!
-
-A thrill of emotion passed through the Court at these words, and but for
-the august presence in which they stood, the air would have been rent
-with cheers. The accusers of William Jefferay, and those that sided with
-them (for there were some), were petrified with astonishment.
-
-Yet even at that supreme moment Sir John observed that one of the
-halberdiers clutched the Pursuivant by the shoulder and began to whisper
-eagerly to him, whereat his master's woebegone face began to light up
-with a grim smile.
-
-A sudden hush fell on the Court as the Earl of Arundel spoke.
-
-"Call the Master of the Rolls;" and as Sir Philip Broke entered the
-witness-box, the Chancellor said, "Do you corroborate the evidence of
-the last witness?"
-
-Sir Philip Broke, bowing low, said—
-
-"In every detail, my Lord."
-
-"Then it only remains for us to dismiss the case, and we do hereby
-dismiss it," said the Chancellor.
-
-"My Lord," cried the Pursuivant, rising hastily in his place, "my Lord,
-in this case——"
-
-But the Chancellor instantly silenced the speaker.
-
-"There is no case," he said; "the matter is at an end."
-
-The Pursuivant sank back in his seat, but his eyes were full of malice
-and baffled rage.
-
-Then the warders stood aside and beckoned to William to leave the dock.
-
-As he descended, his friends clustered around him, and his pale face
-flushed with excitement as they poured forth their congratulations.
-
-Foremost among them was the Spanish Ambassador and Don Diego; the latter
-flung his arms round his friend's neck and kissed him lovingly on both
-cheeks.
-
-Presently, with Sir John and Sir Philip on either side of him, William
-emerged into the street, and there a great crowd of law students awaited
-him.
-
-These were his "sodales"; with them the twin brothers were universally
-popular, and their recent exploit on the Thames had aroused that
-admiration to a frenzy.
-
-So it was amid a cheering and uproariously excited escort that the party
-made its way to Gray's Inn, where Susan and Ralph awaited them.
-
-They had not been permitted to attend the Court, where no ladies found a
-place, and as for Ralph, perhaps there were other reasons wherefore Sir
-John commanded him to abide at home!
-
-Oh, it was a moment of bliss when Susan flung herself into the arms of
-her brother—such a moment as Heaven rarely grants to mortals!
-
-"Oh, William!"
-
-"Oh, Susan!"
-
-Then the brothers embraced, and, after the manner of the times, kissed
-each other affectionately on the cheek. Hand in hand the three happy
-young people ascended to the library, where William related to eager
-listeners the moving scenes which had been enacted that morning in the
-Star Chamber.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VII
-
- THE ARREST OF RALPH
-
-
-"Come, children, come with me to the dining-room," cried Sir John with
-cheerful voice, as he entered the library. "Do you not know that the
-body has its needs as well as the mind, and some of us have scarce
-broken our fast this day; indeed, to judge by William's pale face, I
-doubt whether he has breakfasted."
-
-And therewith he led the way into the fine old dining-room of Gray's
-Inn, where a large party of friends awaited them.
-
-It was a noble room, wainscoted to the ceiling in dark oak, and adorned
-with many portraits of the legal luminaries of past days.
-
-Around the great open fire-place was grouped a throng of friends all
-eager to congratulate the Treasurer and his family on the joyful event
-of the day. Among them were the Spanish Ambassador and his son Don
-Diego; the Lord Mayor and Sir Philip Broke were there, and many of Sir
-John's brother members in Parliament.
-
-"Where is our friend the Sheriff?" asked Sir John of the Lord Mayor; "he
-promised to be here."
-
-"He was here just now," replied the Lord Mayor, "but he has been
-summoned to perform some duty connected with his office; he asked me to
-explain his absence to you."
-
-A cold chill fell upon the heart of Sir John as he heard these words—was
-it a premonition?
-
-Then, regaining his usual composure, he cried with a loud and cheerful
-voice—
-
-"Be seated, friends; the dinner waits, and some of us are as hungry as
-hunters."
-
-The chaplain of the Inn, who was present as a guest, said grace, and a
-merry clatter of knives and forks ensued.
-
-Next to Sir Philip Broke sat the Spanish Ambassador, and, as the meal
-progressed, Sir Philip fell into conversation with his neighbour, with
-whom his high office brought him into frequent communication; and in
-social life also they were excellent friends.
-
-"Tell me, your excellency," he said in a low voice, "how will your royal
-master view the proceedings of this day?"
-
-"Somewhat bitterly, I fear," replied Don Renard. "It was only yesterday
-that he expressed to me his amazement that a royal officer could be so
-treated as was our friend the Pursuivant. He was eager to see the
-perpetrator of the assault brought to condign punishment.
-
-"'In our own land,' he said to me, 'we should have broken the miscreant
-upon the wheel without judge or jury; but these islanders are so
-phlegmatic, and stand so much on forms and ceremonies.'
-
-"You must pardon King Philip, my friend, for his outspokenness; it is
-true that the customs of Spain and England differ considerably."
-
-"Yes," replied Sir Philip dryly, "and I thank God for it."
-
-Whereat the Spanish Ambassador smiled grimly.
-
-Presently he spoke again to the Master of the Rolls. He had been
-attentively watching the twin brothers, who sat at the table side by
-side.
-
-"By St. Iago," he said in a low voice, "I have been looking at the twin
-brothers for the last five minutes, and at this moment I cannot tell you
-which is William and which is Ralph; I do not think that the world
-contains another so perfect example of the 'Dioscuroi'; no man could
-tell them apart."
-
-Sir Philip shivered inwardly at these words, and he thought within
-himself—
-
-"Does our friendly Ambassador begin to suspect the legal trick by which
-our case was won? If so, the sooner we get Ralph across the water the
-better."
-
-At that moment his eye fell upon Don Diego, who sat next to Susan, with
-whom he was holding eager discourse.
-
-"No, no," thought he, "no harm can come to our twins from that quarter;
-he can never forget the noble daring that saved his son's life."
-
-As a rule no sound from the outside world ever penetrated the stillness
-of the dining-hall of Gray's Inn, yet to the watchful ears of some who
-sat at that festive table it seemed as if armed men were in movement in
-the great courtyard.
-
-No word of command, no treading of iron-girt men, no clash of arms, but
-only a dull sense of approaching danger!
-
-Suddenly Sir John's major-domo entered the hall and passed rapidly to
-his master's side as he sat at the head of the table.
-
-Sir John noted not that the man's face was ghastly pale, nor that his
-terror-stricken tongue could scarce find utterance for his words.
-
-He stooped towards Sir John, and in low tones said—
-
-"Sir John, the Deputy Sheriff is outside the hall—on the staircase."
-
-Sir John started.
-
-"Is it not the Sheriff?" he said; "we expected him as a guest to-day."
-
-A dead silence had fallen in the hall, the guests were listening
-eagerly.
-
-"No, Sir John, it is Mr. Deputy Sheriff," replied the major-domo.
-
-"Bid him enter," said his master.
-
-"He is not alone, Sir John; he has halberdiers with him."
-
-Sir John rose, as he said again—
-
-"Bid him enter!"
-
-The trembling servant obeyed, and, proceeding to the end of the Hall,
-threw open the great folding doors.
-
-All the guests had now risen to their feet; all knew that some
-catastrophe was at hand.
-
-The men looked stern, and, for the most part, undaunted; but from the
-many ladies present came the sound of choking sobs and subdued cries.
-
-The Deputy Sheriff had entered, and with him came a posse of halberdiers
-in full armour.
-
-As the armed men drew up in line within the hall their leader stepped
-forward and bowed low to Sir John—waiting, apparently, to be questioned.
-
-"Mr. Deputy Sheriff," said Sir John in firm tones, "you would be welcome
-here this day, but for this array at your back; what means it?"
-
-"I crave your pardon, Sir John Jefferay, yet the servants of the Queen
-must do their duty and obey the royal command, even if it be bitter and
-irksome."
-
-"It is true, sir", replied Sir John with dignity, "and you need no
-pardon from me; declare to us your business here."
-
-The Deputy Sheriff produced a formal-looking document, and unfolding,
-read forth a warrant from the Sheriff, commanding the arrest forthwith,
-in the Queen's name, of Mr. Ralph Jefferay."
-
-"On what charge, sir?" demanded Sir John.
-
-"On the charge of riot and assault," replied the Deputy Sheriff, and
-forthwith he handed the warrant to Sir John.
-
-It was a formal document from the Court of the Star Chamber, bidding the
-High Sheriff to attach the body of Mr. Ralph Jefferay, to convey the
-prisoner to the Fleet prison, and to produce him before the Chamber on
-the following morning at ten o'clock.
-
-Sir John had grown pale as marble, and it was evident to all that he was
-deeply stricken, yet he said in firm tones—
-
-"Do your duty, sir."
-
-The Deputy Sheriff looked round the hall, and his eyes rested on the
-twin brothers, as they stood pale yet undismayed side by side.
-
-The officer moved towards them, then scanned them both with close but
-dubious gaze.
-
-"Which of you is Mr. Ralph Jefferay?" he said at length.
-
-"I am Ralph Jefferay," said Ralph in unfaltering tones.
-
-The Sheriff laid his hand on his shoulder and said with loud voice—
-
-"I arrest you, Mr. Ralph Jefferay, in the name of the Queen!"
-
-Then, turning to his halberdiers, he pointed to Ralph, and immediately
-two men placed themselves at his side.
-
-"Disarm the prisoner," said the officer in sharp words of command.
-
-"There is no need," said Ralph, instantly unbuckling his sword, and
-placing it upon the table.
-
-"Are you ready, sir? then follow me," said the Deputy Sheriff, as he
-turned to leave the hall with his prisoner.
-
-"One moment, Mr. Deputy Sheriff," cried Sir John. "Can you grant your
-prisoner a brief space wherein to make his adieux?"
-
-"Certainly, Sir John," replied the officer courteously, "if it be done
-briefly and in my presence."
-
-Then Ralph moved towards his uncle; he would have knelt on one knee
-before him and have kissed his hand; but Sir John caught him to his
-breast, and kissing him on both cheeks, said—
-
-"Farewell for the present, dear Ralph; keep a brave heart and good
-courage. Trust in God! Esperez toujours, toujours esperez!"
-
-William's turn came next. Ah, what a parting was this! Undying love sat
-in their eyes as they kissed each other, and William said—
-
-"Would God I had died for thee, my brother!"
-
-And last of all came Susan, her sweet face suffused with tears and her
-grief so great that she was voiceless as she embraced her brother and
-kissed his lips again and again.
-
-Many of the guests then crowded round, each with a loving word to
-comfort and console.
-
-Then the Deputy Sheriff gave the signal, his men closed round the
-prisoner, and in a moment the march began which was to end in the Fleet
-prison.
-
-When the Sheriff's posse had left the hall, and the doors were closed, a
-great silence fell upon the assembled guests; all looked upon Sir John,
-who, in reply to their questioning gaze, spoke briefly with agitated
-voice.
-
-"My friends," said he, "a great trouble has fallen upon my house; I am
-smitten and afflicted, yet do I not despair! I will not disguise to you
-the terrible fact that my nephew Ralph has committed a crime against the
-laws of his country, and I know that to-morrow, when he will stand his
-trial in the Court of the Star Chamber, he will plead 'guilty.'
-
-"Yet the deed he committed was but a boyish freak, and no blood was shed
-by him or his fellows. But in the eyes of the law it was 'conspiracy,'
-and the penalty may be imprisonment, with a heavy fine, or even the
-pillory and mutilation."
-
-At these words a shudder ran through the throng, and some of the ladies
-wept uncontrollably.
-
-The men's faces were sternly set, they maintained a rigid silence.
-
-Then Sir John spoke again.
-
-"Yet I do not despair, and 'I lift mine eyes unto the hills, to God,
-from whom cometh my hope.' And we have many friends, powerful both in
-the Court and in the city. No, I cannot, and will not, despair, so help
-me God!"
-
-There was something inexpressibly solemn and noble in Sir John's
-utterance and manner; his fine face was full of anguish, but his heart
-quailed not.
-
-Then came a sudden interruption: the Spanish Ambassador asked permission
-to speak, and all strained forward to hear what Don Renard had to say.
-
-"Sir John and friends all," he began in low tones but with distinct
-utterance, "it is known to you that the twin brothers have a special
-claim on my sympathy and can command whatsoever aid I can give them in
-their hour of need; but for their noble courage I should have been a
-childless man this day!
-
-"The proceedings in the Star Chamber to-morrow will probably be brief,
-for the accused will admit his guilt; the result is certain—a heavy
-sentence.
-
-"But, like Sir John, I do not despair; _then_ will be the hour for
-action on the part of Mr. Ralph's friends. I do not hesitate to lay
-before you my own plan of action; for I am persuaded that all who now
-hear me will feel the necessity for absolute secrecy on this great
-matter. It is known to many of you that Cardinal Pole is already well
-disposed towards Mr. Ralph—it was manifestly shown in the trial to-day.
-
-"When sentence has been given I will ask his Eminence to accompany me to
-Whitehall, and there we will ask of Queen Mary the exercise of her royal
-clemency for our young friend. I do not think we shall plead in vain!"
-
-At these words a murmur of satisfaction and reassurance passed amid his
-almost breathless audience.
-
-But Sir Philip Broke rose to speak, and all were silent again.
-
-"Has your Excellency thought of the possibly adverse influence of King
-Philip in this matter?" he asked.
-
-"Yes," replied Don Renard, "it was my first thought, and I own that it
-troubled me. But, as a matter of fact, King Philip has no jurisdiction
-in this case; it is a matter for the Queen's own decision, and if the
-Cardinal and I can incline her royal heart to a merciful view of this
-young man's escapade (for it is nothing more), the King would find it
-difficult to sway her decision. But I will see the King also, and I am
-by no means persuaded that he will turn a deaf ear to my appeal."
-
-Nothing more was said, and the guests began to depart. The Lord Mayor
-remained to the last; he was about to accompany Sir John to the Fleet
-prison that they might assure themselves that every arrangement which
-could ameliorate the lot of the unhappy prisoner should be made.
-
-The day was drawing towards its close, a day which had opened so
-brightly for Susan and William. They sat together in the library with
-hands interclasped, their hearts charged with an overwhelming sense of
-coming woe, their grief too great for words.
-
-Yet when Sir John returned from the Fleet prison and told them that
-Ralph was occupying William's old room, and that the great Cardinal had
-already sent him a message of condolence and comfort through their young
-friend Don Diego, their hearts were comforted, and hope sprang up in
-their stricken souls.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VIII
-
- THE VERDICT
-
-
-The Star Chamber once more!
-
-For an hour before the sitting of the Court an unwonted excitement
-pervaded its precincts—for the news of the tragic events of the
-preceding day had gone abroad till London was ringing with it.
-
-The warders within the building were doubled in number, and a strong
-party of halberdiers kept order in the purlieus of Westminster.
-
-The reason of this display of force was soon manifested.
-
-From the Temple and from Gray's Inn the young law students had assembled
-in great strength, and with them were the 'prentices from the City,
-brandishing their clubs and evidently eager for a fray.
-
-Among the young "limbs of the law" the twin brothers were well known,
-and their recent exploit on the Thames had raised their popularity to a
-burning heat, while the 'prentices found sufficient justification for
-their presence in the fact that Sir John Jefferay was the Member of
-Parliament for the City, and his cause was theirs also.
-
-As the Pursuivant and his men made their way towards the Chamber,
-protected by a strong body of armed men, curses loud and deep were
-hurled at them from a thousand throats.
-
-A sudden change to cheering and hurrahing took place as the multitude
-recognized the Treasurer of Gray's Inn and the Master of the Rolls, who
-were passing through the streets in company.
-
-London had seldom been so agitated—nor was the excitement lessened when
-the halberdiers were strengthened by some troops of the Household Guards
-from Whitehall. Inside the Chambers many of the notabilities of the
-Court had gathered together, and when the judges entered it, it was
-noted that nearly the whole of its august body of members was present.
-
-By the side of Cardinal Pole sat the Bishop of London, Edmund Bonner, a
-Prelate whose attendance at this Court was a rare event.
-
-But behind them sat a figure upon whom all eyes were fixed—it was King
-Philip.
-
-He was dressed in a suit of black velvet without ornament of any kind,
-yet its dark hue was somewhat relieved by the spotless whiteness of the
-Valenciennes lace which bedecked his neck and wrists.
-
-He was of moderate stature and very spare in body. His long oval face
-was somewhat colourless, he wore a beard and moustache of a sandy
-colour. His large piercing eyes were of a sombre blue, the mouth large,
-with heavy hanging lip and protruding lower jaw. His demeanour was still
-and silent, tinged with a Castilian haughtiness. Philip was thirty years
-of age at this period, but men would have given him credit for a longer
-record; perhaps the cares of his world-wide sovereignty had made him
-prematurely old.
-
-Few mortals loved Philip; yet one fond heart had given itself to him
-unreservedly, for Mary loved her husband with a devotion as deep as it
-was unrequited.
-
-The opening of the Court had not yet been formally declared, and a
-murmur of subdued voices in eager consultation filled the air.
-
-Men noted that the King was conversing with the dignified ecclesiastics
-in front of him.
-
-Presently a silver trumpet sounded, and the Lord High Chancellor took
-his seat as President of the Court. A dead silence ensued, and the Clerk
-thereupon pronounced the Court open.
-
-All eyes turned to the dock as the prisoner was seen to be entering it,
-bowing low to the Court as he did so.
-
-His friends had mustered strongly in the Chamber, and an unrestrainable
-murmur of sympathy arose from them as they marked the deathly pallor of
-his youthful countenance, his wounded arm (still supported in a sling)
-and a great scar of a recent wound on his handsome face.
-
-The case was duly "called on," and the charge of riot and assault was
-made against the prisoner.
-
-Ralph would have pleaded "Guilty" forthwith, but Sir John had addressed
-himself to this matter at his interview with Ralph at the Fleet prison
-on the preceding evening, and upon his advice the prisoner pleaded "Not
-Guilty!"
-
-Thereupon the Pursuivant took his place in the witness-box and proceeded
-to set forth, with great detail, the well-known tale of the assault in
-Chiddingly woods. He now swore that the prisoner in the dock, Ralph
-Jefferay, was his assailant, and this was duly corroborated by his
-witnesses.
-
-At this point Cardinal Pole addressed the President—
-
-"Yesterday, my Lord President, Mr. Pursuivant swore, with equal
-assurance, as to the identity of Mr. William Jefferay with his
-assailant. We know now that he was mistaken,—may he not err in the
-present case?"
-
-The Pursuivant rose again hastily and, bowing to the President, said—
-
-"May I answer His Eminence the Cardinal, my Lord?"
-
-The Earl of Arundel bowed assent, and the Pursuivant proceeded to
-explain his first error.
-
-"Yesterday, my lords, I was not aware of the extraordinary likeness
-which exists between the twin brothers Mr. William and Mr. Ralph
-Jefferay, a likeness so wonderful that no man may tell them apart but by
-some sign or symbol. One of my witnesses, who is a Lewes man and knows
-the Jefferays well by sight, informed me of this fact when the verdict
-of acquittal was given in this Court yesterday. The sign of distinction
-between the brothers is a very simple one—Mr. William always wears a
-grey cap and Mr. Ralph a blue one. Now on the occasion of the assault I
-solemnly swore that my assailant, Ralph Jefferay, the prisoner, wore a
-_grey cap_, whether by design or accident I cannot say, hence the
-mistake of identity."
-
-The Pursuivant sat down with a malignant gleam of satisfaction in his
-fierce black eyes.
-
-There was silence in the Court and the judges consulted with each other;
-presently the Chancellor spoke.
-
-"The Court would fain see these wonderful brothers side by side," he
-said. "Is Mr. William Jefferay here?"
-
-The Clerk of the Court beckoned to Sir John Jefferay, who stood near to
-him, and, after a brief conversation, said—
-
-"Mr. William Jefferay is now at Gray's Inn, but he can be brought hither
-in a short time, my lord."
-
-"Let him be sent for," replied the Chancellor.
-
-During the interval in the proceedings men talked freely in low voices;
-it was marked that an air of gloom and despondency sat upon the faces of
-the friends of the Jefferays.
-
-Suddenly there was a rustling movement in the gangway of the Court, and
-a dead silence ensued as William Jefferay was perceived in the hands of
-the officers of the Court, who were leading him towards the dock.
-
-"Place them side by side," commanded the Chancellor.
-
-William entered the dock and stood beside his brother. The brothers
-looked into each other's face with a quiet air, in which sadness and
-love bore equal part; they clasped hands and so faced the Court.
-
-Even in that august presence a murmur of admiration and sympathy,
-closely mingled, ran through the assembly.
-
-There was no further need of words or explanation, it was evident to all
-why the first trial had miscarried, how the Pursuivant had made his
-great mistake.
-
-"It is enough, let Mr. William Jefferay step down," said the President.
-
-Yes, it was enough, there remained now but the dread sentence to be
-pronounced.
-
-The judges briefly consulted; then the Chancellor arose and, amid an
-ominous silence, said—
-
-"The Court finds the prisoner guilty, and its sentence is that the
-prisoner pay a fine of five thousand pounds, that he stand in pillory at
-Tyburn for one day, and that his ears be clipped by the common hangman,
-and that he remain in prison for three years—God save the Queen!"
-
-Then occurred a startling interruption, the prisoner spoke.
-
-"I am guilty of assault, my Lord," he cried, "but, before God and High
-Heaven, I am no conspirator; I, also, cry _God save the Queen_!"
-
-Then he sat down.
-
-All was over, the dread sentence had been pronounced, and forthwith the
-warders proceeded to lead the prisoner from the dock.
-
-The crowd departed, and in a few minutes the Star Chamber was untenanted
-save by a few warders.
-
-The terrible news had spread abroad and seditious cries, mingled with
-oaths and execrations, rent the air.
-
-The judges and King Philip had departed by private exits, but as the
-Pursuivant and his men reached the street a fierce contest between the
-military and the 'prentices arose.
-
-Great stones hurtled through the air, and the clubs of the "City Boys"
-made fine play with the swords and rapiers of the halberdiers.
-
-But the Household Guards, on their strong Flemish horses, swept all
-before them, and closing in a dense body around the Pursuivant, conveyed
-him to a place of safety.
-
-As Sir John Jefferay and his nephew William were about to leave the
-Court, an usher brought him a note.
-
-"From his Excellency the Spanish Ambassador," said the man.
-
-Turning to the friends who accompanied him, Sir John said—
-
-"Await me one moment, my friends."
-
-Then he drew William with him into one of the waiting-rooms of the
-Court, and eagerly opened the note. It was brief.
-
-"An hour hence I shall be with you at Gray's Inn, and the Cardinal will
-be with me. His Eminence wishes that no other person be present at our
-interview.—RENARD."
-
-"Oh, thank God, thank God!" cried Sir John, as he passed the letter to
-William.
-
-It was light amid the darkness, and the Treasurers noble face lost its
-look of despair and flushed with joy and hope!
-
-And well might it be so, for these two men, of all others in the realm
-of England, possessed influence with Mary and Philip of high and exalted
-nature.
-
-"No word of this to our friends," whispered Sir John to his nephew, as
-they proceeded to rejoin them.
-
-At this moment the roar from the street reached the little group, and
-they halted.
-
-Instantly it flashed upon the Treasurer's mind that it might derange all
-their plans if he and William were to be acclaimed by a wild, disorderly
-mob.
-
-"Adieu, my friends," he said to those who surrounded them, "it is
-necessary that we part here; William and I will return through the
-Abbey. We meet again to-night at Gray's Inn, to supper."
-
-All saw the wisdom of this, and Sir Philip Broke, noting the flush of
-hope in Sir John's face, whispered to him—
-
-"You have news—something to cheer our hearts?"
-
-"To-night you shall know all, I trust, but now depart, I pray you!"
-
-Then grasping his hand he shook it warmly.
-
-"Farewell for the present, best and truest of friends," he said; then
-turning to William, "Follow me, nephew," he said.
-
-All the cloisters of Westminster were known to Sir John, and soon, by
-many an ancient and devious way, the two were in the Abbey.
-
-Ah, how its glorious quietude contrasted with the scene in the Star
-Chamber, with the tumult of the streets!
-
-A strange peace took possession of Sir John's soul as he gazed into the
-semi-darkness of the Chapel of King Edward the Confessor, where, over
-the altar, gleamed a dull red light.
-
-Sir John was no Romanist—nay, he was a somewhat ardent follower of
-Luther!
-
-But it was no hour to think upon mysteries and niceties.
-
-"Come with me, my dear nephew," he said.
-
-And under his guidance William in a moment found himself kneeling by his
-uncle's side in front of the glorious altar of King Edward's Chapel.
-Long they knelt in fervent prayer, commending the condemned prisoner to
-the mercy of Almighty God, and beseeching His blessing on the steps they
-were taking on his behalf.
-
-Then, comforted and refreshed, they rose and made their way towards
-Whitehall and Gray's Inn.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IX
-
- THE DAWN OF HOPE
-
-
-It was past mid-day when Sir John and William reached Gray's Inn, and,
-as their footsteps reached the ears of the watchful and anxious Susan,
-she flew down-stairs to meet them.
-
-Already the fatal news had reached the girl's ears, but she was far too
-prudent a housewife and too loving a niece and sister to show her grief
-to men who had not dined, who were probably well-nigh spent with anxiety
-and need of bodily refreshment.
-
-Therefore, without a word, Susan led the way into the dining-room, where
-food and wine had been prepared through her loving care.
-
-Then, dismissing the servants, she said—
-
-"I myself have dined, now let me wait on you. Do not speak, my dear
-uncle; alas, I know all, and presently we will confer together; but now
-refresh yourself, for I see indeed that you need it."
-
-Sir John proceeded to obey his imperious housewife; yet, ere he sat
-himself at table, he embraced her affectionately and said—
-
-"You little know, dear girl, how sage and prudent is your advice, for I
-must needs tell you that in half-an-hour two visitors will be here to
-whom I must give immediate audience, for they come on matters of life
-and death!"
-
-"Oh, uncle, is poor Ralph's case so desperate?" cried Susan, with a
-terror-stricken face.
-
-"God only knows," replied Sir John; "but if there be any help in man,
-they who now are on their way hither are surely sent by Heaven to bring
-us that help, for they are none other than the Cardinal and the Spanish
-Ambassador."
-
-Susan's eyes sparkled with a sudden access of joy; yet she resumed her
-first insistence.
-
-"Then you have but a few minutes wherein to refresh yourself, dear
-uncle, and I will not speak again, nor allow you to do so till you have
-eaten."
-
-Sir John's serious face relaxed into a smile, and he proceeded to obey.
-
-The minutes flew by, and soon Sir John's major-domo entered the room,
-after a discreet knock at the door.
-
-"Two visitors await you in the library, Sir John. They did not give me
-their names, but they said they came by appointment."
-
-Sir John rose at once.
-
-"You will see that no one disturbs our conference in the library," he
-said to his servant. "And you, my children, await my return here; please
-God, I may have good news to bring you."
-
-Then he proceeded to the library.
-
-The two visitors stood near the great hearth, where a fire sparkled, for
-the morning was chilly. Hastening towards them, Sir John fell on one
-knee at the foot of the Cardinal, who, with a kindly smile, extended his
-hand towards him.
-
-The Treasurer reverently kissed it.
-
-Yet did he not kiss the hand of the great Churchman in his character of
-a Prince of the Roman Church, but rather because he saw in Reginald Pole
-a Plantagenet in whose veins ran royal blood. Then, rising, he warmly
-saluted the Ambassador, and at a courteous invitation from Sir John the
-three men took seats.
-
-The Cardinal opened the conference.
-
-"You are in trouble, Sir John, very grievous trouble, and there are many
-reasons why I should seek to bring you aid and comfort. I know from the
-Ambassador how great a service your two brave nephews have rendered to
-him, and when I saw them in Court to-day and marked their manly bearing,
-their evident mutual love, and the heroic loyalty of the condemned man
-as he cried 'God save the Queen,' I vowed to God that I would save him
-from the mutilating hand of the hangman and the pillory at Tyburn, if it
-lay in my power."
-
-There was a deep compassion in the Cardinal's voice, and his noble face
-flushed with a generous excitement as he spoke.
-
-He marked the unbidden tears which suffused Sir John's eyes, and
-grasping his hand he cried—
-
-"Have faith in God, Sir John, and hope for the best! Now tell me all
-about the Chiddingly affair from your own point of view; I heard the
-Pursuivant's tale, but I would fain have it supplemented by yours: I
-would know the motives which actuated Ralph, and what accomplices he
-had.
-
- [Illustration: "WILL YOUR BOYS VOLUNTEER FOR THAT SERVICE?"]
-
-Then tell me all about that heroic deed of rescue on the Thames. I would
-know the smallest detail of that gallant action, for therewith I trust
-to move the Queen's heart to mercy!"
-
-Then, folding his purple cassock over his knees, the Cardinal leant back
-in his seat and prepared to listen.
-
-With consummate skill Sir John performed his task, for which his legal
-training eminently fitted him. Thus half-an-hour swiftly flew by, and at
-the conclusion of the somewhat long narration the Ambassador spoke
-briefly.
-
-"Sir John," he said, "I have an expedient in my mind which, perhaps, may
-win us through our enterprise if all other means fail. Your lads are
-born _soldiers_; why are you bent upon making such fine fellows
-_lawyers_? I wager that they are better hands with their rapiers than
-with their quills. I fancy that if the matter were left to their choice
-they would rather see camps and beleaguered cities than pass their lives
-in musty law-courts!
-
-"Now to my point. King Philip is here to gain England's help in his war
-with France; he seeks to raise a strong English contingent, under Lords
-Pembroke and Clinton, which will proceed forthwith to join his army
-under the command of Count Egmont. Will your boys volunteer for that
-service if the Queen extend to them her gracious pardon?"
-
-For a moment Sir John, taken utterly by surprise, kept silence; then he
-said—
-
-"I would fain consult the boys themselves upon so momentous a point; or,
-at least, crave for time to consider it."
-
-"Alas, my dear friend," replied Don Renard quickly, "the matter is very
-urgent. I must be prepared at all points when I see the King to-night.
-Moreover, do you not know that the machinery of the Star Chamber moves
-quickly, and it may be (which God forbid) that to-morrow our young
-friend Ralph may stand in the pillory at Tyburn. Think what may depend
-on your decision, and let me act on it, lest that should happen which we
-may have to regret all our lives."
-
-"Remember also, Sir John," added the Cardinal, "that the military
-service of which the Ambassador speaks may be but of short duration;
-when the campaign is over, the lads may resume their legal studies if
-God spare their lives, and they so desire. As a matter of fact, am I not
-right in saying that you yourself have seen military service?"
-
-"Yes, your Excellency, it is true," replied the Treasurer. "As a young
-man I did three years' duty at Calais and in Flanders, but I did not
-know that your Eminence was aware of the fact."
-
-The Cardinal smiled and answered significantly—
-
-"There are few circumstances connected with the family of the Jefferays
-which are unknown to those at Court."
-
-Sir John put his hand upon his brow and pondered deeply. At length his
-mind seemed to be made up, and he replied—
-
-"It is true that I cannot consult both the boys ere coming to a
-decision, and that delay may be fatal. I therefore take the
-responsibility upon myself, and I accept your Excellency's proposition;
-God grant that I have not to regret my action."
-
-The Cardinal rose with a sigh of relief.
-
-"Then that closes our conference. There is much to do between now and
-nightfall. To-night we see the Queen and King Philip, and the matter
-will be decided. Ere I seek my couch this night I will let you know the
-result. Farewell, my friend!"
-
-Sir John, as before, sank reverently on one knee before him, and the
-good Cardinal, extending his hand, pronounced the benediction of the
-Church—the Ambassador kneeling likewise at Sir John's side.
-
-Then the two illustrious visitors departed, Sir John himself going
-before them to the entrance gate of Gray's Inn.
-
-The Treasurer returned to the library, and for a while sat in deep
-thought; he was greatly agitated, yet there was springing up in his
-heart a blessed feeling of hope!
-
-After a while he rose, and, remembering his promise, went into the
-dining-room, where William and Susan sat anxiously awaiting him.
-
-Susan flew to meet him.
-
-"My dearest uncle," she cried, "you bring us good and comforting news, I
-can see it in your eyes."
-
-Sir John stooped and kissed her fondly.
-
-"Let us go into the library," he said; "we shall be undisturbed there,
-and I will tell you all."
-
-There Sir John resumed his seat, and with Susan nestling fondly at his
-feet, and William standing at his side, he detailed the conversation
-which had passed between him and his visitors, omitting nothing. His
-eyes were closely fixed upon William as he came to the military
-proposition of the Ambassador.
-
-William's face flushed scarlet, and his eyes flashed with evident joy.
-
-"The Ambassador was right," he said within himself; "the boy is a born
-soldier; it is in the blood!"
-
-Then aloud he said—
-
-"Was I acting rightly when I accepted Don Renard's proposal?"
-
-Instantly William flung himself at his uncle's knees with all affection
-and reverence, and seizing his hand, cried—
-
-"I ask nothing better, it is my dearest heart's wish; and when I speak
-for myself I speak for Ralph also; I can answer for him."
-
-"I thought so," replied the Treasurer, "but as far as Ralph is concerned
-(and he is chiefly concerned) I will go to the Fleet prison at once and
-learn his own decision."
-
-But poor Susan was mute!
-
-To be robbed of her two brothers at once, from whom she had never been
-long separated; to see them go forth to all the dangers of war; to think
-that she might never see them more, all this wrung her tender heart, and
-she began to sob gently.
-
-But she was yet to bear another trial, for William, turning to his uncle
-as he prepared to go forth, said—
-
-"One moment, uncle. Geoffrey de Fynes comes to London this day from
-Lewes on business of State. He longs for active service, and he is
-heartsick with his present mode of life.
-
-"Let me hie to the Ambassador at once and propose that De Fynes's name
-be added to ours.
-
-He will be here to-night, and I can vouch for him that he will rejoice
-to join us."
-
-The Treasurer hesitated for a moment, then said—
-
-"Yes, go, William, and at once. De Fynes is a brave man and true, I
-could not ask for a better comrade for my boys; I think it can be done."
-
-Thereupon he left them, and William prepared to go also. A deep sigh
-from Susan, almost a groan was it, arrested his steps.
-
-The poor girl had thrown herself upon a couch in an attitude of despair.
-
-William knelt at her side.
-
-"What is it, my dear one?" he said compassionately.
-
-"Oh, William," Susan murmured, "was it not enough that I should lose my
-two brothers in one day that you must needs take my lover also?"
-
-"What!" cried William, "is that so?—and yet you told me not?"
-
-The poor girl blushed to the roots of her hair, amid all her sorrow, as
-she answered—
-
-"We were betrothed last week, and this night he would have told you all;
-he comes to London on no State business: it was to ask my uncle's
-consent. And now," murmured the heart-stricken girl, "now I may lose
-him—lose him for ever!"
-
-"Oh, Susan," said her brother, throwing his arms around her, "I knew not
-of this; and yet I might have guessed it when I saw that bright ring
-sparkling on your finger. I rejoice thereat greatly; now we shall be
-brothers indeed, Geoffrey and Ralph and I! Trust him to us, my dear one;
-we will watch over him as he will over us; we will bring him back to you
-by the blessing and help of God!"
-
-But Susan wept bitterly, her heart refused comfort. And so with
-reluctant steps William left her; his errand to the Embassy must be
-done!
-
-"God wills it, God wills it," he said to himself in the spirit of the
-old Crusaders as he set forth.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER X
-
- WHITEHALL
-
-
-Supper was served that evening at Whitehall with more than customary
-state and splendour—for King Philip was present.
-
-The Queen was royally attired in robes of purple velvet, and men noted
-that, to-night, she wore her famous diamonds.
-
-Beside her sat King Philip in magnificent apparel, and wearing the
-Collar of the Order of the Golden Fleece.
-
-Few guests were present, conspicuous among them being the Queen's half-
-sister, the Lady Elizabeth, lately restored to Court favour; next to her
-sat De Noailles, the French Ambassador, with whom the Princess kept up a
-lively conversation.
-
-Don Renard and the Lords Paget, Pembroke, Arundel, and Clinton were
-there, all in splendid attire.
-
-The hall was hung with the beautiful arras collected by King Henry the
-Eighth, and a soft pleasant light diffused from silver lamps fed with
-perfumed oil. Foreign minstrels provided sweet music, to which the
-guests seemed to pay little heed, for to-night the Queen was in
-unusually good spirits, and the Court, taking its cue from her, jested
-and laughed freely.
-
-Later on, supper being ended, the Court (now largely augmented in
-numbers) met in the gorgeous salon which was adorned by some famous
-pictures of Titian, brought hither, perhaps, by Philip, whose father,
-Charles V, was the great patron of the painter.
-
-On the walls also hung portraits by Holbein and many works of the
-Flemish and Italian schools.
-
-The furniture of the room was of costly nature, being chiefly of ebony,
-richly inlaid with mother-of-pearl.
-
-Here the light was given by hundreds of wax candles, set in silver
-sconces, and it shone upon the fairest dames which England had to show
-to the proud Castilian nobles who grouped around the King.
-
-Here, also, great Churchmen were present—among whom the Cardinal stood
-pre-eminent in his scarlet robes.
-
-Presently the Cardinal found his way to the side of Queen Mary, who
-welcomed him with a smile, though it was a faint and weary one. For Mary
-was growing feeble in health and broken in spirits, though, to-night,
-she had shown herself more like the Mary Tudor of former days.
-
-Alas, poor Queen!
-
-Disappointed of her fondest hopes, childless and neglected by her
-husband, who would not pity her?
-
-In the Court to-night she could but see how the young gallants gathered
-round the rising star—the Lady Elizabeth.
-
-It was mainly by Philip's influence that she had recalled the hope of
-the Reformation Party to Court, and she saw, with bitter pain, that the
-Spanish King was strangely attentive to her young rival. Had Stephen
-Gardiner's advice been followed, Elizabeth would long ere now been swept
-from her path.
-
-"Ah! had she erred?" thought the Queen in her inmost heart.
-
-For this young and gay Princess was next in succession to the Throne,
-according to the will of their father, King Henry.
-
-And so all her work might be undone, and the fondest, dearest hopes of
-her heart frustrated!
-
-As these thoughts darkened her soul she saw Pole approaching her, and
-his very presence brought new life to her heart.
-
-He knelt and kissed the Queen's hand, and when he rose Mary beckoned him
-to a seat beside her, and they fell into a close and confidential
-conversation.
-
-The night was wearing on, the Queen was growing weary, yet she said in
-reply to a request from him—
-
-"Yes, to-night, after Chapel, in my boudoir;" and so they separated.
-
-The King had left the salon.
-
-A Court courier had arrived from Brussels, and together with Don Renard
-he had withdrawn to his own rooms.
-
-There they hastily examined the messenger's portfolio, and that business
-being transacted the Ambassador entered upon other matters.
-
-King Philip was a hard master! Great statesmen and famous warriors knew
-that it behoved them to walk warily in their dealings with him. Eminent
-service and a long discharge of duty would not save them from the prison
-cell, and even the block, if they thwarted their imperious master.
-
-Don Renard knew this full well.
-
-At this moment he was the King's most trusted servant—none knew England
-and the English as he did, and Philip placed great reliance on his
-astute counsels. To-night he felt the extreme difficulty of the course
-he was pursuing.
-
-He knew that the King was violently offended by Ralph's attack upon a
-Royal officer; that, moreover, he had a suspicion that this was a
-Protestant plot and that the offender himself was a kind of "Hot
-Gospeller!"
-
-He must walk very warily to-night.
-
-He had a communication from the Council of the City of London to lay
-before the King.
-
-"The citizens have debated the conditions of the loan your Majesty did
-them the honour to ask of them," said Don Renard.
-
-"Yes," said Philip, somewhat eagerly, "and I trust they raise no
-difficulty."
-
-"These purse-proud burgesses are not like the money-lenders of Madrid or
-Amsterdam, they are not satisfied with the securities we offer," said
-the Ambassador.
-
-The King frowned, as he replied—
-
-"The money must be procured; our expedition hangs fire, and the English
-troops are badly equipped. You must see to it, and that quickly."
-
-"The expedition is not popular in the City," said Renard, "we must do
-something to placate these stubborn islanders."
-
-"Yes, I know," replied the King petulantly; "but what can we do?"
-
-"Will your Majesty pardon me if I suggest something?" replied the
-Ambassador, and in obedience to Philip's nod of assent, he continued,
-"That young man, Ralph Jefferay, who was condemned to-day in the Court
-of the Star Chamber, is accounted a hero in London."
-
-"And why?" asked Philip impatiently, the frown on his face deepening;
-"is it not because he is a heretic?"
-
-"Nay, your Majesty, I know not whether he is of the 'New Learning' or
-not," replied Don Renard. "But the real reason goes far deeper than
-that: he is known to be a young man of splendid daring and of intrepid
-courage," he continued.
-
-The King was not appeased.
-
-"Go on," he said, "I see you have something further to tell me; I
-listen."
-
-"Oh, sire," cried the Ambassador, "pardon me if I err through zeal in
-your service. There is a deed on record, just lately performed, which
-raised the admiration of the Londoners."
-
-Then as briefly as possible Don Renard told the stirring tale of the
-rescue on the Thames, hiding for the moment his own connection with it.
-He told it well, bringing out vividly all the strong points.
-
-The King was a cold-blooded man, yet he was something of a soldier, and
-a deed of arms like this moved him.
-
-"And the man they rescued, who was he, you have not told me his name?"
-said he.
-
-"It was my stepson, Don Diego, sire," was the reply.
-
-"Ah! I see, I see," said the King.
-
-Then after a moments thought he continued—
-
-"I will see the Queen on his behalf, and I will ask that the pillory and
-the mutilation be not undergone by the condemned man. Yet, Renard, he is
-a seditious man, and, I doubt not, a heretic. The sentence as to the
-fine and the imprisonment must stand."
-
-"That will not render the Queen nor your Majesty popular in the City; it
-will not expedite our loan nor induce young Englishmen to come forward
-to fight our battles," replied Renard. "Pardon me once more, sire, if I
-make a suggestion to you. We are calling for an English contingent of
-eight thousand men: Lord Clinton tells me that men are coming forward
-very slowly.
-
-"These twin brothers, William and Ralph Jefferay, are of gentle birth
-and they are born soldiers. They have an intended brother-in-law, a
-young nobleman named Geoffrey de Fynes. All the three are willing to
-take arms in your Majesty's cause and to fight under your banner.
-
-"This is my proposition, sire, that you ask the Queen to extend her
-gracious pardon to Ralph Jefferay, on the condition that the three young
-men I have named take service in Lord Clinton's contingent."
-
-The frown cleared from the King's brow, he even smiled as he said—
-
-"You plead well, Don Renard, you would have made a great lawyer; well,
-be it as you wish, I will ask her to do us this service."
-
-"To-night, sire?" said the Ambassador.
-
-"Nay, to-morrow," replied the King; "I must not urge State matters on
-the Queen at this late hour."
-
-"But, sire, to-morrow will be too late, the Star Chamber acts promptly,
-and to-morrow at ten o'clock Ralph Jefferay will stand in pillory at
-Tyburn!" replied Renard.
-
-The King flushed and looked somewhat angered; he was not accustomed to
-be thus urged.
-
-It was at this moment that an usher craved admission into the chamber,
-he brought a message from the Queen.
-
-"Would the King grant her a few minutes interview forthwith in her
-boudoir?"
-
-"Tell her Majesty that I will wait upon her immediately," he said to the
-usher.
-
-Then to the Ambassador he said—
-
-"There is your answer, Don Renard—Heaven fights for you!"
-
-"Yes, sire, thank God!" replied Renard fervently.
-
-Meanwhile the cause the Ambassador had at heart had progressed
-elsewhere.
-
-Mary was always strictly attentive to her religious duties, and, at the
-accustomed hour, she had gone to Vespers in the Chapel Royal, many of
-the courtiers accompanying her thither.
-
-At the conclusion of the short service she retired to her boudoir,
-dismissing her Court for the night.
-
-The Cardinal still knelt in the Chapel, until an usher came to summon
-him to the Queen's presence. He rose and followed him.
-
-The Queen had laid aside some of her heavy State robes, and her diamonds
-no longer glistened on her head and neck. She was clad in a rich suit of
-black velvet, her favourite attire.
-
-As the Cardinal entered she knelt before him.
-
-"Your blessing, father," she said.
-
-Then she rose, and in his turn the Prelate knelt and kissed her hand.
-
-She motioned him to a seat.
-
-Behind her stood two ladies-in-waiting. Pointing to them the Queen said—
-
-"Shall my ladies leave us? It shall be as you wish."
-
-Pole hesitated for a moment.
-
-He had a difficult and delicate cause to plead, he felt that he might be
-pitting the Queen against her husband if the Ambassador, on his part,
-failed to influence Philip.
-
-"It may be advisable, your Majesty," he said, and thereupon the Queen
-motioned to the ladies to withdraw.
-
-They were alone, and Reginald lifted up his heart to God for Divine
-guidance.
-
-"Madam," he said, "the hour grows late and you are weary, I will be very
-brief in what I have to say."
-
-"Nay," said the Queen, "nay, my Lord Cardinal and good cousin, the hour
-matters not and your voice brings comfort to my soul! Speak all that
-your heart bids you say, I listen."
-
-Then the Cardinal addressed himself to his task.
-
-"I come, madam, on a matter of life and death, on behalf of one who was
-tried and condemned in the Court of the Star Chamber to-day—by name
-Ralph Jefferay. The youth was found guilty of 'conspiracy,' yet am I
-sure that, though he may be guilty on this charge in a strictly legal
-sense, yet is he absolutely innocent morally; so loyal to your royal
-person is he at heart, that when the cruel sentence was pronounced, he
-cried out in loud tones—'God save the Queen!' The poor youth's offence
-is one of assault and nothing more, let me tell you briefly the
-circumstances of the case."
-
-Then the Cardinal rapidly recounted the episode of the Chiddingly woods.
-
-"Mark, Madam, I beseech you, that no blood was shed, though the
-Pursuivant threatened him with dire punishment, being at the moment
-absolutely at his mercy."
-
-The Queen listened attentively, but she made no observation.
-
-Pole's heart sank within him, he felt that he had not yet convinced his
-noble auditor's judgment, nor had he deeply moved her feelings.
-
-Was it possible that the King had forestalled him, representing the
-matter as a heretical plot and Ralph as a wild incendiary—a "Hot
-Gospeller," in fact?
-
-Once more the Cardinal's soul appealed to Heaven for help, nor did he
-appeal in vain!
-
-In warm and earnest language he set forth the brothers' exploit on the
-Thames and their narrow escape from a violent death.
-
-"Oh, Madam," he cried, "as I looked upon his pale, scarred, but noble
-face this day in the Star Chamber, a deep sense of pity took possession
-of me. He had atoned for his offence! It could not be that one so young,
-so brave, so nobly daring should suffer a felon's doom, and I besought
-Heaven to have mercy on him."
-
-The sound of a gentle sob reached his ear, and he looked on the Queen's
-sad face.
-
-Yes, she was deeply moved at last!
-
-"Stay, my Lord Cardinal," she said in a low voice, "I have heard enough.
-God spared that young man's life—shall we be less merciful?"
-
-Then it was that she sent for Philip, and in a few minutes he was at the
-door, the Ambassador, at his request, accompanying him.
-
-With Castilian courtesy Philip knelt and kissed the Queen's hand, then,
-rising, he repeated the salute on her forehead.
-
-The Queen's face flushed with pleasure, for she dearly loved her
-husband—alas, he was all that she had to love in this world!
-
-Then she marked the presence of the Ambassador, and extended her hand
-towards him as he knelt humbly to kiss it.
-
-The Cardinal stood aside, he had made lowly obeisance to the King as he
-entered.
-
-"Your Majesty sent for me, I await your gracious pleasure," said Philip
-in low tones.
-
-"I crave your pardon if I have disturbed State business," said Mary
-apologetically, glancing at the Spanish Ambassador, "but I need your
-advice this night, although the hour grows late."
-
-Philip bowed gracefully as he said—
-
-"I am always at your Majesty's service."
-
-"I will state the matter in as few words as possible," replied the
-Queen. "His eminence, our good cousin, has pleaded for a Royal pardon in
-the case of one Ralph Jefferay—condemned to-day in the Star Chamber as a
-conspirator. He has given me good reason to believe that the youth is
-innocent of the alleged offence, he attributes his assault upon our
-Pursuivant in the woods of Chiddingly to the hot blood of youth, and to
-no lack of loyalty to us. This is the youth of whom your Majesty spoke
-to me yesterday, and I now ask your advice and consent, ere I grant his
-Eminence's petition."
-
-A smile sat on Philips face as he replied—
-
-"I, too, your Majesty, have heard somewhat more of this youth since he
-was the subject of our conversation, and when your usher arrived just
-now, our Ambassador, Don Renard here, was urging me to seek your Royal
-pardon for him. I do so, on the condition (may it please your Majesty)
-that the two brothers take service in the English contingent now being
-raised under Lord Clinton to fight under my banner against France. His
-Excellency undertakes that the young men accept this condition,
-therefore I sue for your Majesty's pardon."
-
-"We grant it joyfully," replied the Queen, "and we leave the matter
-confidently in the hands of the Cardinal and the Ambassador, who will,
-doubtless, see that all due formalities are observed."
-
-Then Don Renard stepped forward and bowed profoundly.
-
-"Have I your Majesties' permission to speak?" he said.
-
-Then at his Sovereigns' nod of assent, he continued—
-
-"The matter is so urgent that I have here a blank form of Royal Pardon;
-it needs but the Queen's signature."
-
-Thereupon he knelt at Mary's feet and presented the paper.
-
-Mary took it to a side-table, signed it and gave the precious document
-into Don Renard's hands.
-
-The long interview was ended.
-
-The two petitioners (the Cardinal and the Ambassador) knelt before the
-Royal pair, kissed hands and departed.
-
-In the courtyard of Whitehall the Ambassadors people were awaiting him
-with a carriage, into which the Statesman and the Churchman entered.
-
-"To the Fleet prison," Don Renard said to his coachman. "It is
-midnight," he said to the Cardinal as they drove through the silent and
-deserted streets, "yet I think we are in good time; I sent word to the
-Governor of the prison, ere I came to Court, asking him to await our
-arrival to-night and to notify to his prisoner, Ralph Jefferay, of our
-intentions."
-
-"And I," replied the Cardinal, "have told Sir John Jefferay that to-
-night I hoped to bring him good news. We shall do better, we shall bring
-him his nephew!"
-
-A few minutes later the carriage drew up at the frowning gates of the
-Fleet prison.
-
-A few words with the warders sufficed, the gates opened and the Cardinal
-and the Ambassador entered the prison and followed the warder to the
-Governor's lodging. The Fleet was the most gloomy prison in London, but
-the Governor's lodging offered a violent contrast to its dismal
-surroundings.
-
-In days long past it had formed a part of the Town house of a great
-noble, and the fine hall into which the two visitors were ushered was a
-relic of its past magnificence.
-
-The walls were wainscoted with dark oak, richly carved, and a bright
-fire lit up an open hearth ornamented by a chimney-piece sculptured with
-many a quaint device. On a table in the centre of the hall wax candles
-in heavy silver candlesticks shed forth a warm and pleasing light; the
-table was laden with refreshments.
-
-As the distinguished guests entered the hall the Governor (Sir Thomas
-Middylton) hastened forward to greet them, bowing repeatedly.
-
-But to his courteous entreaty that his visitors would honour him by
-resting awhile and taking refreshment, the Ambassador replied—
-
-"Ah, Sir Thomas, how gladly would we avail ourselves of your courtesy,
-but we have yet much to do this night, and, I grieve to say, it must be
-done quickly. We come to you from Whitehall: the Queen has been
-graciously pleased to extend her royal pardon to your prisoner Ralph
-Jefferay, and we bring to you an order for his deliverance to us, signed
-by her Majesty."
-
-Therewith Don Renard handed the precious document to the Governor, who
-read it with grave deference. He then touched a gong, and, as a warder
-appeared, he bade him fetch the prisoner Ralph Jefferay.
-
-In a few minutes Ralph was brought into the hall in the charge of two
-warders, and the Governor instantly addressed him.
-
-"Mr. Ralph Jefferay," he said, "her Majesty, the Queen, has been pleased
-to grant you a full and free pardon; you are no longer in my custody,
-and I am happy to deliver you into the hands of your friends who have
-come hither to convey you hence."
-
-Ralph stood as one amazed and overwhelmed.
-
-He had been forewarned that on the next day he would stand in the
-pillory, that the common hangman would do his cruel office of
-mutilation, and lo! here was pardon, freedom, joy and rejoicing!
-
-The bright light of the hall had somewhat dazzled him: he had not
-perceived that behind the Governor stood his deliverers. As they stepped
-forward to greet him he recognized the Cardinal, whom he had last seen
-in the Star Chamber, and he fell at his feet and sought to kiss his
-hand.
-
-"Rise, my son," said the Cardinal in kindly tones; "we thank God for His
-mercy to you, and the Queen for her goodness. And here is one," he
-continued, "to whom you owe much more than to me; for while I wrought
-with the Queen on your behalf, his Excellency the Ambassador besought
-the consent of King Philip."
-
-Then Don Renard affectionately embraced him, kissing him upon both
-cheeks.
-
-And while Ralph stood speechless with joy the Ambassador exclaimed—
-
-"Mr. Governor, you will pardon our hasty departure, I am sure, for we
-must hie to Gray's Inn, where eager hearts await us."
-
-Sir Thomas bowed in reply, and himself led the way to the great gate of
-the prison, where their carriage awaited them.
-
-
-Gray's Inn at last!
-
-And there the Treasurer, the sweet sister, the much-loved brother
-received from the hands of the liberators the released and pardoned
-prisoner, as "one risen from the dead."
-
-Ah, what joy and rejoicing, what radiant happiness were theirs that
-night, as they knelt together to thank Heaven for its mercies!
-
-The night was departing, the day was at hand, yet the men of the party
-gathered together round the hearth for a brief consultation after Susan
-had left them.
-
-"Don Renard comes hither at mid-day," said Sir John, "and he brings with
-him Lord Clinton, who happens to be in London. I fear that this portends
-that the conditions upon which Ralph obtained his freedom are to be
-fulfilled at once.
-
-"I heard to-day that King Philip has commenced his campaign against the
-French King, and the English contingent are assembling at Dover.
-
-"I would Geoffrey de Fynes were here; his man-servant has arrived with
-the news that his master's departure from Lewes was delayed, but that he
-would follow him in a few hours. Perhaps we assumed his consent to join
-you two boys too readily; but we shall soon know—he may be here to
-breakfast."
-
-"Have no fear on that score, dear uncle," replied Ralph; "he will tell
-you himself, as he has often told me, that he longs to see military
-service."
-
-Then a final "good-night" was said, and the men betook themselves to
-rest.
-
-When William and Ralph entered the breakfast room at a somewhat later
-hour than usual, they were overjoyed to see Geoffrey de Fynes already at
-table; he had ridden up to London that day. Very hearty were the
-greetings which passed between the young men. How much they had to tell
-each other!
-
-De Fynes was the eldest of the trio, being twenty years of age. He was
-of moderate height, his strong limbs were finely proportioned, his
-clear-cut features exhibited all the manly grace which seemed to be
-hereditary in the noble family of the Dacres, of which he was the sole
-male representative. He had not heard the great news that he was to
-accompany the brothers to France. He was of a race of warriors, and now
-the passionate longings of his heart were to be fulfilled!
-
-"God save the Queen!" he cried, as he leapt from his seat and flung his
-cap in the air.
-
-Then he grasped the brothers' hands and shook them heartily; they would
-be his "brothers-in-arms" now, and ere long, please God, they would be
-united by a yet closer tie!
-
-That last thought was very opportune, for at that moment Susan entered
-the room and the lovers fondly embraced.
-
-"I heard your voice as I was waiting on Sir John in the library, and I
-hastened thither," she said. "Now tell me, I pray you, the cause of all
-this uproarious joy?"
-
-Geoffrey hung his head; he had come to London to ask for Susan's hand in
-marriage, and now he was rejoicing at the news that he was "off to the
-wars"!
-
-Susan's womanly heart divined his trouble, and she hastened to dissipate
-it with caressing words.
-
-"God wills it, dear Geoffrey," she said; "I would not have it otherwise;
-for think! at this very hour our beloved Ralph might have been standing
-in the pillory at Tyburn. Oh, let us thank God for His mercy!"
-
-Quickly an hour flew by, and at mid-day the expected visitors arrived
-and the young people were summoned to the library, where Don Renard and
-Lord Clinton awaited them, holding converse, meanwhile, with Sir John
-Jefferay.
-
-The Ambassador introduced them severally to Lord Clinton, and the
-veteran soldier narrowly scanned his young recruits. He was still in the
-prime of life, though he had seen much service, as the scars on his
-rough and rugged face plainly showed.
-
-Evidently the General was pleased with the appearance of the young men,
-of whom Don Renard had told him much. He took especial note of Geoffrey.
-
-"Your father and I," he said, "were at Court together, and we had the
-honour of forming part of the escort which accompanied Queen Ann of
-Cleves from Canterbury to London. I am glad to meet the son of Lord
-Dacres."
-
-Then he talked to each of them individually, as one who was anxious to
-make their personal acquaintance, and perhaps to form some opinion of
-their capacities and inclinations.
-
-The English contingent, he informed them, consisted of eight thousand
-men, of whom an advance body would leave Dover for Calais under his
-command to-morrow.
-
-For the present he offered them, with the King's permission, commissions
-in the Arquebusiers, with posts on his own staff. If this met their
-views it would be necessary for them to join their regiment this very
-night: the notice was short, but the case was urgent; were they ready?
-
-The young men eagerly gave willing consent, and so the matter was
-decided, and the visitors rose to depart.
-
-"I have much to do to-day, Sir John," said Lord Clinton, "and so, I
-doubt not, will be the case with these young gentlemen. I pray you
-pardon so short a visit and so hurried a departure."
-
-Don Renard took an affectionate leave of his two protégés, and the
-momentous interview was over.
-
-Intense activity prevailed at Gray's Inn that day.
-
-There were many preparations to be made, many farewells to be said and
-counsels to be given.
-
-It was late in the evening that the young soldiers, each accompanied by
-a trusty serving-man, mounted their horses for Dover, where they were to
-embark with the troops for Calais.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XI
-
- THE BATTLE OF ST. QUENTIN
-
-
-War had been declared with all due form and ceremony between England and
-France, and King Philip was now eager to return to the Continent.
-
-He had obtained from Mary all the assistance she could wring from
-reluctant England.
-
-For though the Queen entered with all her heart and soul into his
-projects, as became the daughter of Catharine of Aragon, English people
-felt that this was no quarrel of theirs, and they remembered that when
-the "Spanish match" was hotly debated, a provision had been made in the
-royal contract "that England should not be made a party to Philips
-Continental wars."
-
-During the four months that he had been in England the King had exerted
-himself strenuously to overcome this reluctance, and he had so far
-succeeded that a well-equipped contingent of eight thousand stalwart
-Englishmen had joined his army.
-
-Lords Pembroke, Clinton and Gray were in chief command of their
-countrymen, and many a gallant young high-born Englishman had joined the
-force, eager to gain military renown.
-
-Such was the feeling, undoubtedly, that influenced the three sons of the
-Earl of Northumberland to accompany it, and similar hopes beat high in
-the breasts of the two Jefferays and Geoffrey de Fynes.
-
-The King took his last adieu of Mary at the old palace of Greenwich; he
-was never to see the fond, forsaken woman again!
-
-Poor Mary, who would not pity her?
-
-Philip hastened to Brussels, where the great army was assembling which
-was to invade France and bring King Henry the Second to his knees.
-
-It was a motley army, consisting altogether of thirty-five thousand foot
-and twelve thousand horse, besides a strong train of artillery.
-
-The flower of the infantry was drawn from Spain, Spanish warriors of
-great experience, and bearing a reputation second to none in the world.
-
-The English force was entirely made up of foot soldiers, the cavalry
-of the army being mercenary troops from Germany, known as
-"Schwartzreiters."
-
-These "reiters" were the most dreaded troops of the age. Dark, swarthy
-men, of whom Brantôme speaks as "noirs comme de beaux diables," each
-carrying five or six pistolets in his belt, with swords and, sometimes,
-a short arquebus.
-
-Truly a formidable armament!
-
-These were augmented by a fine corps of Burgundian lances, and a great
-number of noble Castilian youths, eager to fight for the honour of Spain
-under the eye of their King.
-
-The whole army was under the command of Emanuel Philibert, Duke of
-Savoy, a youthful warrior of but twenty-nine years of age, yet
-possessing already a great reputation as a clever, dashing soldier.
-
-This was the man whom Philip (probably for reasons of State) was
-strongly supporting in his suit for the hand of the Princess Elizabeth
-of England—an alliance which that astute lady firmly declined.
-
-Besides the Duke of Savoy there were other illustrious soldiers in
-command of Philip's army—the Counts Egmont, Horn, Mansfeld being of the
-number.
-
-Egmont was the hero of the army, as he was destined to become the
-darling of his nation!
-
-Handsome beyond the usual share of mortals, young, ambitious, "sans peur
-et sans reproche," he was the "preux chevalier" of Europe.
-
-Alas! that he was destined to die a felon's death in the market-place of
-Brussels, with his illustrious brother-in-arms, Count Horn.
-
-Such was the army, such were its leaders. For miles and miles tents in
-many thousands shone in the sunlight, in the pleasant month of August,
-on the heights above the ancient town of St. Quentin. At the foot of the
-great camp a morass and the River Somme intervened between it and the
-beleaguered city.
-
-Well might the hearts of Englishmen beat high as they beheld the river
-and thought of Agincourt and Crécy! Such thoughts filled the hearts of
-four horsemen grouped together on the highest plateau whereon stood the
-English camp.
-
-It was the 9th of August, and the day was breaking, flooding the scene
-before them with rosy light. The pennons surmounting the snow-white
-tents of the Spanish camps fluttered lightly in the breeze, which was
-scarcely enough to unfurl the heavily emblazoned standards of the great
-chiefs present.
-
-There were the ensigns of Eric and Henry, Dukes of Brunswick, of the
-gigantic Lewes of Brederode, of Almoral, Count of Egmont and of Count
-Horn.
-
-"Look, boys," cried Lord Clinton to Geoffrey, William and Ralph, whom he
-had made his aides-de-camp. "Look well, the town is awake right early
-to-day, and Coligni's men are mustering heavily around the great gates.
-They are about to attempt a sortie, unless I am deceived.
-
-"You, Geoffrey, will remain here on watch with me; but you, Ralph, ride
-at top speed to the Duke's tent and give the alarm; and you, William, to
-Count Egmont. Haste, haste!" he cried, "the sortie has begun!"
-
-It was a wondrous scene.
-
-Out from the town poured the Dauphin's regiment under the command of the
-brave but rash Teligni, and in a few minutes the object of the sortie
-became evident. Close to the walls, between them and the Somme, stood
-many houses of the humbler sort, and an avenue of thick plane-trees grew
-beside them.
-
-In a few minutes the houses were enveloped in flames, and the soldiers
-were levelling the trees to the ground with axes.
-
-These would form an obvious shelter to an attacking force, and their
-destruction was a necessity.
-
-Meanwhile the Admiral (Coligni) was lining the ramparts with
-arquebusiers, to protect the forces on sortie.
-
-The English camp was the first to receive the alarm and to come into
-action, as Lord Clinton saw to his great joy.
-
-On all sides they were hurrying up, and presently from their serried
-ranks a heavy musketry fire poured forth. The distance was great, for
-the Somme and the morass lay between them and their foe, and this Lord
-Clinton instantly perceived.
-
-"Ride, boy, to Count Brederode, and bid him bring up some field-pieces,"
-he cried hotly to William, who dashed off on his errand.
-
-Now the French arquebusiers began a heavy fusillade on the advancing
-besiegers, and soon a thick veil of smoke hid the town of St. Quentin
-from view.
-
-Little harm was being done by the hot musketry fire, and Lord Clinton
-soon saw that the object of the garrison would be attained.
-
-"Oh, Brederode, Brederode! when will your guns speak?" he cried, as he
-heard the enemy's trumpets sound the recall.
-
-Suddenly a roar of artillery rent the air, and the brave foe began to
-retreat slowly and sullenly. Many a gallant man lay dead outside the
-walls, stricken by that fierce fire; but their work was done—the
-Admiral's object was gained.
-
-The town of St. Quentin, though rich and prosperous, was protected only
-by ancient fortifications, long since "out of date," and in ruinous
-condition.
-
-The garrison consisted of but one thousand men, and these were miserably
-armed; there was practically no artillery.
-
-When the gallant Admiral had thrown himself into the town he found but
-one culverin on the ramparts, and for that one no ammunition had been
-provided!
-
-The town was not provisioned for a siege—a month's rations for the
-troops was all that Coligni could find in St. Quentin.
-
-Then the Admiral took a desperate step which nothing but the cruel
-exigencies of war could justify.
-
-All the aged and infirm, all the sick and helpless, were ordered to
-leave the city, and seven hundred individuals were thus expelled, most
-of them to perish from want and misery!
-
-The women were shut up in the cathedral and the churches, "lest their
-terror and their tears should unman the troops." Coligni himself was the
-very life and soul of the defence; foremost in every danger, sharing all
-hardships, and cheering all despairing hearts, he was prepared to die
-under the ruins of the town—he would never surrender to the foe!
-
-Meanwhile, a great French army, numbering eighteen thousand foot and six
-thousand horse, was approaching to the relief of St. Quentin under the
-Constable Montmorency.
-
-It was mainly composed of German mercenary troops, but the chivalry of
-France were represented there in splendid array, proud to fight under
-such leaders as Montmorency, the Prince of Condé, the Duke de Nevers,
-Daudelot (the brother of the Admiral), and many another illustrious
-chief.
-
-The relief army had encamped on the banks of the Somme at La Fère and
-Ham; the Admiral sent messengers to Montmorency imploring instant
-succour.
-
-The next day, August 8th, Daudelot strove to break through the lines of
-the besiegers at the head of two thousand men, and he failed miserably!
-
-Most of his men perished in the morass, his guides mistaking the paths,
-and thus bringing them into contact with the outposts of the besiegers.
-
-Their leader, under the cover of night, succeeded in making good his
-retreat to La Fère, at the head of a mere straggling group of beaten
-men!
-
-That same night a different scene took place in the great military tent
-of Lord Clinton: he was entertaining the Lords Pembroke and Gray, and
-many of the leaders of the Spanish army were there.
-
-The night was chilly, and a fine rain was falling. Around the camp fire
-sat warriors of world-wide fame, and the English aides-de-camp, watchful
-for the comforts of their lord's guests, marked each word that fell from
-their lips.
-
-Especially did Almoral, Count Egmont, call forth their fervent
-admiration.
-
-"He is like a young war-god," whispered Ralph to William. "Never saw I
-so glorious a specimen of the _genus homo_. Oh, to follow such a leader
-as that into the hot din of battle!"
-
-"Listen to what he is saying," replied his brother in a low voice;
-"methinks our chance of such an honour will soon come." For Almoral was
-relating how that very night his reiters had captured a messenger sent
-by Coligni to Montmorency.
-
-"He had short shrift, I suppose!" said Brederode, with a hoarse laugh.
-
-"By my faith, no!" replied Egmont. "When I had read his message, I sent
-him on his way to the French Constable, and bade him deliver it duly.
-For this was the message—
-
-"'Par l'amour de Dieu, des sècours, ou nous allons perir.'"
-
-"You did well, Egmont," said Philibert of Savoy, "for I know the fiery
-old Constable well, and this message will sting him to frenzy.
-
-"Ah! would that to-morrow were the day of battle; for, mark you, we
-stand in a strange position of peril. In front of us is St. Quentin,
-which we dare not abandon. Northward lies the French army, while from
-the south Guise is hurrying up with his victorious army from Italy.
-
-"We may be caught between three fires unless we can destroy this French
-army and capture St. Quentin before Guise can arrive. And if we can do
-this, as by the help of Heaven we shall, there lies no other fortified
-city between us and Paris, and Guise may arrive to find us in possession
-of that noble city."
-
-The guests rose with one consent and cheered lustily. They drew their
-swords and clashed them overhead with fierce joy!
-
-"Yes," whispered Ralph to William again, "we shall fight to-morrow, and
-may you and I be in the thick of the strife!"
-
-Saturday, August 9th, broke hazily; St. Quentin was enveloped in a thick
-mist which arose from the swampy plain surrounding it.
-
-At early dawn Montmorency put his whole army in motion; he would relieve
-St. Quentin, or perish!
-
-His first effort was attended with surprising success. Intervening low
-hills hid the advance of his troops from the Spaniards, and thus he was
-able to secure possession of a windmill which commanded a ford over the
-Somme, which led to the Spanish camp.
-
-The mill was held by a small force of the enemy, but Montmorency quickly
-captured it and placed there a strong garrison under the Prince of
-Condé. The main body pressed across the ford, and the artillery opened a
-heavy fire on the Spanish camp, to the infinite surprise of the
-Spaniards.
-
-It was as though their foe had dropped from the clouds. So near was the
-range that the Duke of Savoy's tent was levelled to the ground, and
-Philibert had barely time to escape, carrying his armour in his hand! He
-took refuge in the quarters of the commander of the cavalry, Count
-Egmont.
-
-This brief success seemed to Montmorency to be the presage of victory,
-and Daudelot was sent with a strong force to cross the river and the
-morass, and so bring succour to the besieged town. Meanwhile the French
-army would keep the Spaniards in check.
-
-Soon the arquebusiers, in their heavy armour, were plunging horribly in
-the quagmires of the morass, and by this time the Spanish artillery was
-dealing death among them.
-
-Moreover, boats were required, and only four could be found; and these,
-heavily laden with soldiers and the munitions of war, crossed and
-recrossed the river slowly and with great difficulty. Two, overladen
-with their burdens, sank in the deep waters, and the shouts and screams
-of the drowning men added to the horrors of the scene.
-
-Eventually Daudelot, with five hundred men, reached the gates of St.
-Quentin; all the rest perished miserably. Montmorency now gave the order
-to retreat; a strong reinforcement (though at great loss) had been
-thrown into the city, and so far his object was effected.
-
-Meanwhile, a brief council of war was held in Egmont's tent, in which
-the fiery vehemence of the Count carried everything before it.
-
-The Duke of Savoy urged _caution_.
-
-The French army was so situated that the Spanish infantry, on which he
-placed his chief confidence, could not act effectually against it.
-
-But the cavalry officers carried the day.
-
-"Shall we let so rich a prize escape?" cried Egmont, with wild
-enthusiasm. "Heaven has placed within our power the destruction of the
-flower of the French army, a Prince of the blood royal, and the great
-Constable Montmorency. Capture them, and St. Quentin will be ours to-
-morrow; and, by the grace of God, Paris will follow!"
-
-And, as he spoke, the auburn locks which fell over his shoulders shook
-like a lion's mane; his eyes flashed fire, his burning eloquence was
-irresistible!
-
- --------------
-
-From the English quarters, where every man was drawn up in battle array,
-Lord Clinton watched the progress of the battle and the movements of the
-contending armies, ready at any moment to take part therein.
-
-He marked the Spanish cavalry drawing together in one dense mass in
-Egmont's quarters. By his side stood his young aides-de-camp.
-
-"It will be a cavalry battle, I fear," he cried, "and England will have
-no share in the glory of the day!"
-
-The young men around him, full of martial fire and thirsting for
-conflict and victory, groaned audibly in dismay.
-
-Then Clinton turned suddenly to his faithful three, whom he had learned
-to love.
-
-"Ah! I see how it is," he cried, "and you shall have the chance of glory
-you thirst for! Ride, all three of you, to Egmont, and tell him that the
-English force will follow swiftly on in the rear of his cavalry, in case
-he need support. Tell him I make him a gift of your three swords, if he
-can find place for you, and Heaven send you back to me in safety, and
-forgive me if I err!"
-
-"Oh, thanks, my Lord, a thousand thanks!" cried the three with one
-voice, and in another moment they were thundering forth to the spot
-where Egmont's emblazoned standard fluttered heavily in the breeze.
-
-They were just in time; a minute longer and they had been too late!
-
-The sun had burst forth suddenly from a dark bank of clouds; it shone
-vividly on Count Egmont as he sat on his great Flemish war-horse,
-splendidly armed, in front of his eight thousand cavalry.
-
-Availing themselves of the privilege attached to aides-de-camp, the
-three Englishmen traversed the plain in front of the grim line of the
-cavalry, motionless, but eagerly awaiting the signal to charge.
-
-Reaching Egmont's side, De Fynes, as the eldest, bared his head and
-cried—
-
-"A message, my Lord Count, from Lord Clinton!" and he repeated the
-message word for word.
-
-Egmont had noted these three young Englishmen as they hung upon his
-words in Lord Clinton's tent on the previous night, and he knew the
-value of good English swords!
-
-So he smiled as he said—
-
-"Lord Clinton offers your services as my 'aides' to-day; be it so—fall
-in behind me."
-
-They bowed their gratitude, then drew their swords and joined the ranks
-of the noble youths who followed the banner of Egmont and did him
-special and personal service.
-
-Oh, how happy they were!
-
-No fear, no misgiving beclouded their martial souls at that supreme
-moment!
-
-Suddenly Egmont waved his sword aloft, and the clarions' shrill notes
-gave the eagerly looked for signal to charge, and with a wild "Hurrah!"
-the serried squadrons thundered down the slopes.
-
-Meanwhile conflicting counsels destroyed the confidence of the French
-army, hesitation and dismay beset them. The keen eye of Condé had
-watched the dark masses of Spanish cavalry gathering together on the
-hills ready to descend like an avalanche on the retreating enemy. De
-Montmorency's artillery dragged heavily through the swampy ground in the
-rear, and he would not abandon it.
-
-In vain Condé sent swift and urgent messages to him, pointing out the
-danger of delay.
-
-It was too late, the Spaniards were upon them! The retreating army
-stayed its course and boldly faced the coming storm.
-
-Egmont with two thousand horse charged on their left flank; the other
-side was assaulted by the Dukes Eric and Henry of Brunswick, while
-Mansfeld burst on their front.
-
-The French army wavered under the tremendous shock, while the camp
-followers, pedlers and sutlers took to instant flight, and thus spread
-dismay through the entire army.
-
-The Spanish cavalry carried everything before it; the rout was sudden
-and final!
-
-The Duc de Nevers made a despairing effort to restore the battle at the
-head of five hundred dragoons; but the "black devils," as the Frenchmen
-called the "Schwartzreiters," cut them to pieces, and the Duc barely
-escaped at the head of a mere handful of men to La Fère, and with him
-was the Prince of Condé.
-
-For a time the French infantry presented a bold front; the Gascons, the
-flower of the army, threw themselves into squares, and the fierce
-cavalry rode round their solid masses, bristling with steel, unable to
-find an entrance.
-
-At this moment the Duke of Savoy, with his artillery, came on the field
-of action, and their deadly fire sealed the fate of the foe.
-
-Yet the noble chivalry of France refused to be thus scattered and
-beaten; they gathered together in groups, fighting desperately to the
-last—brave souls to whom death was preferable to surrender!
-
-Many men threw down their arms on that field of blood, many fled
-helplessly before the remorseless reiters, the strong overturning the
-weak and trampling down the wounded.
-
-Blood flowed like water, death was on every side, and above all other
-sounds were the wild neighing of the war-horses and the fierce curses of
-their riders.
-
-The fight and the pursuit of the fugitives had lasted four hours; the
-shades of evening were falling as the victors returned to the field to
-take up their quarters for the night and to secure their unhappy
-prisoners, for whom heavy ransoms would have to be paid to their
-captors.
-
-France had not suffered such a defeat since Agincourt; the bravest and
-noblest of her sons had fallen on that field of blood!
-
-Montmorency was a prisoner.
-
-A shot from a schwartzreiter had fractured his thigh as he was throwing
-himself into the hottest part of the battle, determined to perish.
-
-Covered with mire and blood, unrecognizable in the fierce mêlée, he
-would have died where he fell, at the hands of the fierce foe.
-
-But over his fallen body stood three gallant swordsmen, whose determined
-attitude warned all men off. And as the fiery stream of battle flowed
-onwards, they lifted up the fallen Constable tenderly, and bore him to a
-place of safety.
-
-Yet were they not to do this deed of mercy unmolested. A swarthy reiter
-followed them, observing that the fallen man was of high rank.
-
-"I claim this man as my prisoner, and I hold to ransom; mine was the
-shot that brought him down," said he fiercely.
-
-"Make your claim good to King Philip, we shall not resist it; the ransom
-may be yours, but at present the body is ours," answered De Fynes
-boldly.
-
-And De Montmorency lived to pay so great a ransom (10,000 ducats), that
-his captor was able to buy a fortress on the Rhine and a title of
-nobility!
-
-But the Constable's fame as a soldier was lost for ever, and the evening
-of his days was spent in obscurity.
-
-
-That night the three English youths, unwounded and unscathed, reported
-themselves to their commander, Lord Clinton. Ah, what a happy meeting
-was that! And though the English contingent took no leading part in the
-battle, yet their presence before the town prevented Coligni from
-succeeding in an attempted sortie from St. Quentin—they did good
-service.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XII
-
- THE FALL OF ST. QUENTIN
-
-
-A vast amount of spoil fell into the hands of the victors: among it were
-eighty standards and all the artillery save two pieces.
-
-The prisoners numbered six thousand men, of whom six hundred were
-gentlemen of position.
-
-Of De Montmorency's fine army of twenty-two thousand men all were slain
-or captured, save five thousand. Among the slain were some of the
-noblest of the sons of France, notably Jean de Bourbon, Count d'Enghien,
-a prince of the blood.
-
-On the side of the Spaniards less than a thousand fell, among them being
-Count Brederode (who perished in the morass, smothered in his armour)
-and Counts Spiegelbourg and Waldeck.
-
-On the next day King Philip himself rode into the camp; he had left
-Brussels and was at Cambrai when the battle took place. He was received
-with all the honours of war—with unbounded enthusiasm!
-
-The unhappy prisoners were paraded before him in long procession, and
-the captured standards were placed at his feet—the camp was delirious
-with joy.
-
-A council of war was forthwith held to decide on future operations.
-
-With fiery zeal Egmont and Gonzaga urged that an immediate march on
-Paris should be made.
-
-"Send me on with the cavalry, sire, and I promise you that in four days
-you shall sup in Paris!" cried Egmont.
-
-But Philip was as cautious as his renowned father, Charles the Fifth,
-was adventurous.
-
-When the news of the battle reached the abdicated Emperor, his first
-inquiry was "whether Philip was in Paris."
-
-There were many difficulties to be surmounted ere that glorious
-consummation could be reached, and Philip laid them before the council.
-
-"St. Quentin must first be taken! Between them and Paris there existed
-many a strong fortress, and wide rivers which must be crossed. Moreover,
-Paris would not surrender lightly—its citizens could man the walls with
-forty thousand men at least.
-
-"Again, Condé and Nevers, with the relics of the broken army, must be
-reckoned with. Ere long Guise would come to their support."
-
-So the King argued, and the council reluctantly agreed that all their
-efforts should now be concentrated on the capture of St. Quentin.
-
-Before the council broke up King Philip called Egmont to him, and taking
-the collar of the Golden Fleece from his own person, placed it upon the
-neck of the Count as the real hero of the day!
-
-All Spain ratified the King's deed; "Egmont and St. Quentin" became the
-rallying cry of the nation, and the fame of the brave Hollander reached
-the farthest limits of the mighty empire over which Philip ruled.
-
-With royal generosity Philip bestowed rich rewards on the chieftains
-assembled in council that day. To Savoy princely rank and high office
-near his person, and to all others guerdons according to their rank.
-
- --------------
-
-There was a great meeting in Egmont's tent that night. Thither came the
-English lords—Pembroke, Gray, and Clinton—and at the banquet-table sat
-Spanish and Flemish nobles of high degree, many of them bearing the
-traces of battle upon them, yet all were jubilant and triumphant.
-
-Behind the great chiefs stood their aides-de-camp, according to Spanish
-custom, and among these young warriors were Geoffrey, Ralph, and
-William.
-
-Ere the revelry had grown to its height and had become uproarious,
-Egmont's eye fell upon the three English youths and, with the generosity
-of his noble nature, he called them before him, inquired their name, and
-shook each by the hand.
-
-"You rode well to-day, my gallant young soldiers, and I saw you deal
-many a lusty blow for the honour of Spain and the Netherlands," he said.
-"I marked how you stood by the fallen Constable, and though two
-Spaniards, as I hear, claim the honour of his capture, you certainly
-rescued his body. You will not forget the day of St. Quentin: I will
-give you something whereby to remember it."
-
-Then he called his major-domo to him, and taking a huge gold goblet into
-his hand, he cried—
-
-"Fill this goblet with golden ducats."
-
-It was soon done, for King Philip had given him five thousand that day.
-
-"Take it, boys, and divide the money among you and toss for the cup!
-Well do you deserve it. England may be proud of her sons if they are all
-such as you!"
-
-What wonder that Almoral, Count Egmont, was the hero, the darling,
-almost the demi-god of those who served under his banner.
-
-This was the bright and glittering side of war. Alas! how little men
-recked of the desolation, death, despair and destruction it caused! How
-little thought they in Egmont's tent that night of the unburied dead
-whose cold bodies lay on the blood-stained battlefield of St. Quentin!
-How little of the broken hearts, the shattered hopes, the desolate homes
-in the fair regions of sunny France when the news of that fatal day
-should be borne to the humiliated but proud nation!
-
- --------------
-
-The next day the Spanish camp resounded with the preparations for the
-renewed siege of St. Quentin. Fresh batteries were thrown up on all
-sides on which the artillery, captured from the French, was planted,
-and, ere many hours had passed, a furious cannonade burst forth upon the
-crumbling fortifications of the doomed city. Mines were planted, and
-galleries excavated almost to the very centre of St. Quentin.
-
-Yet no thought of surrender occupied the valiant heart of Admiral
-Coligni!
-
-It was at this point that his heroism and devotion to duty reached its
-height. He knew that the hopes of France depended upon the city being
-held till succour came, till the conquering army under Guise could
-arrive!
-
-The able-bodied men of his garrison numbered but eight hundred, and
-these were half-starved and well-nigh worn out by incessant exertion.
-
-By night, by day, sleepless yet indefatigable, the gallant Admiral
-shared the dangers and the labours of his men; cheering, exhorting,
-praising every desperate deed of valour and immediately rewarding it,
-the Admiral was the very life and soul of the defence!
-
-Help came to him unexpectedly.
-
-De Nevers, with the relics of the shattered army, still lingered in the
-neighbourhood, and he managed to throw one hundred and fifty
-arquebusiers into the town, though thrice that number perished in the
-attempt.
-
-Coligni formed countermines, and in subterranean regions fierce combats
-took place between the besieged and the besiegers,—men fought like
-demons!
-
-Yet he knew that the last provisions were being consumed, that huge
-breaches were being made in the crumbling walls which St. Remy, the
-renowned French engineer, strove to repair, under cover of night, with
-desperate energy. Huge timbers were dragged to the top of the tottering
-ramparts, and under their shelter the arquebusiers kept up a perpetual
-fire on the Spaniards.
-
-Thus the siege went on till August 27. In vain did Coligni scan the
-horizon from the top of the cathedral tower—Guise came not!
-
-A most furious cannonade from the Spanish batteries on the night of the
-twenty-sixth had resulted in the making of eleven great breaches in the
-ramparts, and the Duke of Savoy saw that the time had come for a general
-assault upon the city.
-
-Early in the morning he put his whole force under arms, assigning to the
-English contingent the honour of leading the assault.
-
-Coligni saw that the decisive hour was at hand. He filled the breaches
-with his troops, taking charge of the most dangerous one himself, while
-his brother Daudelot took another almost equally critical.
-
-The spirit of the defenders was magnificent, each man felt that the end
-was near, and they were prepared to die under the ruins of the city;
-none thought of surrender, no white flag was unfurled!
-
-Savoy preluded the general assault by a furious cannonade, and it was
-not till the afternoon that the signal was given by the shrill voices of
-the trumpets for the great onslaught.
-
-Then the English rushed forward, closely followed by Spaniards, Germans,
-and Flemish in generous rivalry. King Philip beheld the wondrous scene
-from a neighbouring hill, and his troops, knowing that they were
-fighting under the eye of their Sovereign, were inspired with heroic
-zeal.
-
-It was a titanic struggle!
-
-For a whole hour the gaunt and famished Frenchmen held their foes in
-check, and at length the Spaniards were driven off—not a single breach
-had been carried.
-
-Savoy gave his men a brief breathing time, then the clarions pealed
-forth their wild notes again, and the fierce strife burst forth anew.
-
-The Duc's keen eye had noted a weak point in the defence.
-
-A strong tower on the ramparts had been left with few defenders, in
-reliance upon its apparent invulnerability. On this point Savoy hurled
-the English contingent, and in one great rush it was carried and the
-invaders poured into the city.
-
-In vain had Coligni rushed to its defence, fighting desperately, hand-
-to-hand, with the assailants. He was overpowered and, with his heroic
-brother Daudelot, was taken prisoner.
-
-Immediately he was led through one of the excavated passages by his
-captor, Francisco Diaz, to the exterior of the city and into the
-presence of King Philip, who gave Diaz ten thousand ducats.
-
-Then a fierce onslaught by the whole army swept all resistance before
-it, and in half-an-hour the city was captured!
-
-Philip entered the city in complete armour, a page carrying his helmet;
-and a roar of savage triumph went up from his troops as they beheld
-their King. He had never been present at the storming of a city before,
-and the sights that met his eye moved even his stony heart to pity.
-
-The wild schwartzreiters spared neither age nor sex. As the Frenchmen
-retreated to the market-place, where their final slaughter took place,
-the troops entered the well-built houses of the citizens, slaying every
-living soul within them and loading themselves with rich plunder, some
-obtaining two or three thousand ducats apiece. In pure recklessness they
-set the houses on fire, and soon the whole city was ablaze.
-
-Philip gave immediate orders that the fires should be quenched, and that
-all who surrendered should be admitted to pardon.
-
-Crowds of women and children threw themselves at his feet with loud
-cries for mercy, and he ordered them to be escorted out of the city.
-
-But the cruel storm of savage lust and thirst for blood had passed
-beyond human control.
-
-As the flames spread to the cathedral and the churches, the women who
-had taken refuge within the sacred walls came pouring forth, panic-
-stricken with fear. Many of them were richly dressed, some even wore
-jewels, perhaps thinking them safer in their possession than if they had
-been left in the doomed town.
-
-Upon these helpless women the wild Germans rushed with savage cries,
-their ornaments and even their rich garments were torn from them, and
-the mad reiters slashed their faces with their daggers and knives.
-
-An infernal din filled the air, screams of anguish, cries for mercy,
-mingled with the demoniac shouts and curses of the conquerors.
-
-Under the walls of the venerable cathedral stood a company of English
-soldiers; they had been sent by Philip to perform a curious duty.
-
-In that building, dedicated to his honour, were stored up the relics of
-St. Quentin, and Philip had ordered that the venerated bones of the
-Saint should be conveyed to the camp with all honour, and that a mass
-should be sung before them.
-
-And this while the blazing streets were full of the dead and dying,
-while helpless children and hapless maidens were being dismembered,
-while blood ran in torrents on every side.
-
-Alas, that the royal pity should thus be extended to the dead and denied
-to the living!
-
- --------------
-
-Among the English group stood Lord Clinton's three aides-de-camp, gazing
-on the scene with sullen anger. Many a helpless babe and terror-stricken
-mother had they rescued in obedience to Philip's own command.
-
-Suddenly a young Frenchwoman, richly dressed, rushed towards them
-followed by a mounted reiter. Ere she could reach the place of safety
-the trooper overtook her, and with one cruel sweep of his sword lopped
-off her right arm. She fell to her feet and the soldier lifted his sword
-again, with the evident intent of depriving her of both her arms. But
-ere he could accomplish his fell purpose Ralph sprang forward with a
-shout.
-
-"Devil, fiend and assassin!" he cried, as he ran his sharp rapier
-through the reiter's sword-arm.
-
-The German's weapon dropped from his right hand, and with his left he
-strove to draw a pistol from his holster, as he turned fiercely upon his
-assailant. But pain and anguish overcame him, and he reeled from his
-saddle.
-
-The deed had been seen by his comrades, and, in an instant, a troop of
-them faced the English, who had leapt to Ralph's side, with wild cries
-of vengeance. They had dragged their wounded comrade into their midst,
-now they drew their huge pistols from their holsters and, advancing on
-the English, their leader cried, as he pointed to Ralph—
-
-"Deliver that man up to us or we will slay you all!"
-
-It was at this critical moment that the great door of the cathedral was
-thrown open and a white-robed procession of priests issued from it; they
-were bearing forth the relics of St. Quentin in obedience to the King's
-command. And on the southern side of the place the King, in his flashing
-Milanese armour, and mounted on his war-horse, advanced to meet them,
-greeting the sacred relics with bowed head.
-
-His royal presence quelled the tumult; all weapons were lowered till the
-King should have passed on his way. But the King's keen eye had noted
-that something unusual had happened—that the English and the Germans
-were confronting each other in deadly hostility.
-
-He beckoned Count Mansfeld to his side, the reiter chieftain had been
-riding behind him. Pointing to the two groups of soldiers, he said—
-
-"Something has gone amiss. Your brave reiters, Count, are getting out of
-hand. Stay here with fifty of my guards, inquire into the case and
-report it to me this night."
-
-Mansfeld bowed low in acquiescence, and the King rode slowly off in the
-rear of the priestly procession. The instant the King was gone the Count
-turned sternly on the offenders as the fifty guards drew up behind him.
-
-The old Count was the sternest disciplinarian in the Spanish army, and
-all men knew it. None but he could bring an enraged, riotous reiter to
-order.
-
-"Come hither, Friedrich," he said in cold tones of command to the leader
-of the German troop. "Tell me briefly, what means this?"
-
-"Yon Englishman," said Friedrich, "ran his poniard through Gustav's arm,
-and we were about to avenge him."
-
-"And wherefore did he that?" said Mansfeld.
-
-The reiter captain hesitated, and the Count's face grew sternly fierce.
-
-"Was that the cause?" he said, pointing to where the body of the woman
-lay.
-
-She had gone into a swoon, and beside her lay her severed arm.
-
-"I see," said the Count, with increased severity; "and the Englishman
-avenged her; was not that so?"
-
-The reiter captain still remained silent.
-
-"Yet you knew of the King's command that mercy should be shown to all
-women and children."
-
-Then he turned to his escort.
-
-"Take that wounded man," he said, pointing to the schwartzreiter, now
-craven with fear and crying for mercy, "hang him from yon turret
-forthwith in token that the King's order must be obeyed!"
-
-The order was instantly obeyed.
-
-The night was coming down upon the unhappy city and no deed of justice,
-no royal order could quell the thirst for blood, for rapine and pillage
-which possessed the mad soldiery who held St. Quentin in their power
-that night. The powers of evil took full possession of the fallen town—
-it was given over to sack and pillage.
-
-The chieftains had retired to the camp to celebrate their victory with
-banquets, the King was holding high service over the relics of St.
-Quentin, the army was left in possession of the city. It was burning in
-every part, and houses were falling with thunderous sound.
-
-Yet the soldiers dashed through flame and smoke like demons, in eager
-search for booty. The cellars were plundered, the garrets were searched,
-nothing escaped the greed and brutality of the plunderers.
-
-The streets were strewn with the bodies and dismembered limbs of the
-vanquished, and famished dogs were ravenously gnawing human flesh.
-
-Such women as had escaped had been again driven by Philip's order into
-the cathedral, and there were left to perish by famine!
-
-Yet, while sin and crime lifted their heads high and unabashed, there
-were three delinquents who met condign punishment, and their case was a
-singular one.
-
-Three Germans made their way into the vestry of the cathedral, and they
-emerged thence clothed in gorgeous copes and chasubles. Mounting their
-horses outside the cathedral, they rode gaily about the burning town,
-their strange attire attracting laughter and derision from their
-comrades.
-
-By some strange fatality this escapade came to the ears of Philip,
-perhaps the royal chaplain informed him of it.
-
-The offenders were instantly sought for and arrested. Philip ordered all
-of the three to be hanged! His sensitive soul could not endure this
-outrage upon religion, though for three days and three dreadful nights
-he had allowed the pillage of the city to continue.
-
-On the morning of the fourth day all soldiers were ordered into camp.
-The desolated city was left in peace—it was the peace of the dead!
-
-So fell St. Quentin!
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIII
-
- THE SCHWARTZREITERS
-
-
-The week which followed the fall of St. Quentin was a period of
-strenuous exertion on the part of the conquerors.
-
-The dead were buried, the city was cleansed of its many impurities, and
-the devastating fires which had threatened the destruction of the whole
-town were at length subdued.
-
-Of all the religious edifices in the city the cathedral alone remained
-unconsumed by the devouring element. Philip had himself superintended
-the efforts made for its preservation; streets were pulled down, strong
-buildings were blown up by gunpowder, and at length the noble building
-stood in grand isolation, but safe from fire.
-
-A strong Spanish garrison was placed in possession of St. Quentin; the
-remainder of the army was under orders to prepare for instant and active
-service.
-
-The neighbouring towns of Picardy, Catelet, Ham, and Chanley were to be
-besieged forthwith, and the camp was full of zeal and animation—for
-surely fresh spoils awaited the soldiers of Philip, and bright visions
-of glory and honour filled the minds of the chieftains. In the English
-camp alone these feelings held no sway. The war had never been popular
-with them—they felt that they were fighting the battles of King Philip,
-and not those of their own country.
-
-And now that the main object of the expedition had been won, and the
-chief town in Picardy captured, the English contingent were eager to
-return home.
-
- --------------
-
-In the evening of a fine September day Lord Clinton's three aides-de-
-camp were reposing in their tent after a day's active exertion.
-
-That day a courier had brought them letters from England, and the young
-men were eagerly discussing home news.
-
-Susan had written to each of them, for she had much to tell.
-
-The fires of Smithfield had burst forth anew, to the horror of the
-people and the grief of all good men. That very day three victims had
-perished, and the Queen's guards had scarce prevented the London people
-from attempting forcible rescue.
-
-One condemned man had been pardoned by the Cardinal Archbishop, and many
-were said to have been freed by him after brief examination and apparent
-but doubtful submission.
-
-Rumours were afloat in London, Susan said, that the Cardinal had fallen
-out of favour at Rome, and that the Pope (Paul IV) had deprived him of
-his legatine commission and had recalled him to Rome. The Archbishop was
-in bad health, and on this plea the Queen had refused to give him
-permission to leave the country.
-
-These things brought great unhappiness to the Queen, and added to them
-was the increasing malignity of her disorder—she was evidently sinking
-into the grave—and there was none to pity her!
-
-"Alas, poor Queen," wrote Susan, "unloved by her people, deserted by her
-husband, worried by the Pope, and conscious, above all, that she had
-failed in the one object of her life, and that her successor, the
-Princess Elizabeth, would undo all her work for the 'conversion' of
-England."
-
-Yet Susan had some good news to tell them.
-
-"Sir John was in excellent health, and he had lately received news from
-their beloved father that he and their dear Vicar were well, and were
-determined to return to England on the day when the Princess should be
-declared Queen.
-
-"Oh, when will you three dear boys come home?" she wrote. "How I long
-for that day, how I picture ourselves at the beloved home in Sussex, the
-sweet old house at Chiddingly!
-
-"I close my eyes, and my mind pictures to me the green woods and the
-noble sweep of the Sussex downs. I seem to hear the cawing of the rooks
-in the tall trees and the singing of the birds in the shrubberies. Oh, I
-grow mad with deep longing! God send you home quickly, safe and sound."
-
-The boys listened to these words with bated breath—perhaps with
-moistened eyes—for Susan's passionate love for her Sussex home expressed
-their own deep longings.
-
-"Here comes Lord Clinton," said Geoffrey suddenly, as he saw their
-lord's well-known figure approaching the tent.
-
-They rose to receive him; then, as he took a seat, after some pleasant
-words of greeting, William spoke—
-
-"We are happy to see you, my Lord; we are anxious to know if our
-marching orders have been given."
-
-"It is on that very point that I am come to see you. I have my marching
-orders, but I am not sure that I shall take you with me."
-
-The young "aides" started with surprise; but ere they could seek an
-explanation of his words Lord Clinton proceeded to say—
-
-"I wish to hold a brief consultation with you. Count Mansfeld has just
-brought me some sinister news. He tells me that his reiters have
-discovered that it was Ralph's poniard which disabled the man who was
-afterwards hung from the cathedral turret, and they have sworn to avenge
-his death.
-
-"He has sent them a message that he will sharply punish the perpetrators
-of any such an attempt, but Mansfeld tells me that his men are in a
-dangerous humour, and he wished me to warn you to keep to the limits of
-your own camp, and that even within those limits Ralph should never
-wander alone."
-
-The young soldiers smiled disdainfully.
-
-"Our swords can guard our heads, my Lord, we have no fear!" said
-Geoffrey.
-
-"Yes, I know that," cried Clinton, "but I want to make assurance doubly
-sure.
-
-"Now, listen. By to-day's courier the King has received some disquieting
-news. Guise is collecting a great army under King Henry's orders, and
-Philip has a suspicion that Calais is to be the object of his attack.
-
-"From his spies at the French Court he hears that the Bishop of Acqs,
-the French envoy to England, has just returned home, and that he passed
-through Calais _en route_. He reports that the town is practically
-defenceless; the garrison is small, the fortifications are in a state of
-ruin.
-
-"The King is sending swift messengers to Queen Mary to urge her to
-remedy this condition of things, but he wishes to obtain proof that the
-Bishop's statements are true. I have offered him your services, if you
-are willing to undertake the duty. What say you?
-
-"Your mission will be a secret one, and it will be attended with many
-dangers both by land and sea; but it will bring you much honour if you
-succeed. From Calais you would proceed direct to Dover, and so to London
-to lay your report before the Queen."
-
-The boys listened with glistening eyes; this was the Heaven-sent
-fulfilment of their dearest hopes! With one voice they cried—
-
-"We accept!"
-
-"I knew that you would do so," replied Clinton, "and I go to ask the
-King to give you a letter to be presented to Lord Wentworth, the
-Governor of Calais. Make your preparations with all possible secrecy—you
-will start to-night under cover of darkness. Your route will be to
-Brussels, and thence to Antwerp, where you will embark on a King's ship
-for Calais.
-
-"I will provide you with three strong horses; at Brussels you will
-change these for three others, which you will leave at Antwerp. There is
-no moon to-night, happily; you must start at eight o'clock, and I will
-be here to give you money and your last instructions. Now I go to the
-King; commence your preparations at once; I return to you in an hour's
-time," and therewith Lord Clinton left them.
-
-What joy he left behind him! The three boys flung their caps in the air,
-they shook each other by the hand, they would have given hearty cheers
-but for the remembrance that secrecy had now become their watchword.
-
-Their preparations would be few, but even for these they required the
-help of their three faithful serving lads, strong Chiddingly lads of
-approved courage, who loved their young masters better than their lives.
-
-"Oh, that we might take the lads with us," cried Ralph. "I will follow
-Lord Clinton and seek his permission," he added.
-
-"That you may not do," said Geoffrey firmly; "do you not remember that
-you are not to leave the tent alone? If you go we must accompany you.
-
-"But stay; is there not a better way? If Lord Clinton consent, the three
-lads can ride on our horses, though they are somewhat sorry nags; we
-will lay the matter before him when he returns at eight o'clock.
-Meanwhile, they can help us furbish our weapons and prepare our
-travelling packs, they can feed the horses and have them ready to set
-forth, we need not tell them more than is necessary, that we have to
-ride forth on the King's business to-night will suffice."
-
-So it was decided.
-
-The lads occupied an adjoining tent; they were at this moment awaiting
-their masters' summons to prepare their simple evening meal. They were
-called in, and speedily all things were proceeding according to
-Geoffrey's suggestions.
-
-The shades of night were deepening as they sat down to supper, it was a
-quarter to eight o'clock. The camp fires were being lit, and the
-soldiers of the English contingent were gathering around them in merry
-groups.
-
-It was eight o'clock and the young Englishmen had supped, all their
-preparations were complete.
-
-The flap of the tent lifted silently, and two cloaked figures entered,
-their features hidden in the folds of their outer garments. These they
-now cast aside, and by the dim light which illumined the tent the
-"aides" recognized Lord Clinton, and with him the King!
-
-Instantly the young men knelt on one knee before him and kissed his
-hand.
-
-Philip gazed intently upon their countenances: he knew them fairly well,
-but it seemed as if he wished to reassure himself. Then in a low, cold,
-but distinct voice he said to Lord Clinton—
-
-"They will do; we have met under many different circumstances, and I
-know them to be brave men."
-
-"Your Majesty is right," replied Lord Clinton, "they will do their duty
-or die in endeavouring to fulfil it."
-
-Then Philip addressed the Englishmen.
-
-Their mission required secrecy, speed, courage and endurance. They were
-to make close inspection of the fortifications, guns, material of war,
-and the garrison of Calais with Lord Wentworth's help, to whom he had
-written. This letter, which he now gave them, must never fall into the
-hands of the enemy, to whom it would reveal all his suspicions and
-plans. He delivered this letter into the hands of Monsieur de Fynes, as
-the eldest of the three. If danger befell them it were better that the
-two younger men should perish, so long as the bearer of the letter
-escaped. If he fell into the hands of the foe let him see that the
-letter was destroyed at all hazards. The perilous part of their journey
-would be the portion of it which lay in French territory, but twelve
-hours hard riding would carry them into Flanders, after which there
-would be little danger, yet let them never remit their precautions.
-
-The King then handed to each man a heavy purse of gold wherewith to
-defray expenses, the surplus, if any, would be their own.
-
-"I hear the sound of your horses outside the tent," said the King; "have
-I made all explicit, is there any question you would like to ask?"
-
-The young men looked at each other. Then Geoffrey spoke—
-
-"Your Majesty may rely on our carrying out your gracious commands, or we
-shall perish in the attempt. We have but one thing to suggest, and that
-is that our three faithful servants may accompany us; they can ride our
-own horses and they will be of great service to us."
-
-The King and Lord Clinton conversed in low tones, then Clinton announced
-their decision.
-
-"His Majesty agrees to your request," he said; "we think it will attract
-less observation and suspicion if three gentlemen be accompanied by
-their serving men than if they travelled alone: it is a wise suggestion
-on your part."
-
-Then the King and Lord Clinton arose from their seats and prepared to
-depart. The King extended his hand, which the young men again knelt to
-kiss, and he bade them farewell. Lord Clinton shook hands warmly with
-them.
-
-"Adieu! _mes braves gens_," he said: "God grant you a safe and
-successful journey. We shall next meet in London, I trust. Farewell,
-farewell." And so they left the tent.
-
-The young men stood in silence for a moment, then Geoffrey spoke—
-
-"The King has laid a heavy trust upon us," he said, "and therein has
-conferred on us great honour, for we shall now be doing service to our
-own dear country as well as to his. Let us ask a greater King than
-Philip, even our Heavenly Father, to bless our enterprise."
-
-With one impulse the young men knelt, and for a few minutes held silent
-converse with God. Ere they left the tent William spoke.
-
-"In this matter, my brothers, we need a leader whom we swear to obey in
-all things. I propose that Geoffrey be our captain."
-
-"Nay," urged Geoffrey; but ere he could proceed further Ralph
-intervened.
-
-"I consent, and that most heartily," he said.
-
-Geoffrey grasped the hands of his two comrades and said—
-
-"Let it be as you wish, my brothers, and my first word of command is to
-horse! to horse!"
-
-It was a lovely night, the stars shone brilliantly in the autumnal sky,
-a light refreshing breeze had sprung up.
-
-Outside the tent six horses stood awaiting their riders. Three of these
-were held by Lord Clinton's grooms; they were great Flemish war-horses
-of a renowned breed, beside which the three English horses, held by the
-Sussex lads, looked small and insignificant. Yet these latter were wiry
-and strong; happily they were in excellent condition and fit for the
-long journey before them.
-
-Before they mounted their horses the Englishmen closely inspected every
-part of the harness, to assure themselves that nothing was amiss. The
-lads' horses were examined with equal care, and the weapons of their
-riders underwent Geoffrey's keen scrutiny. Every man was armed with a
-brace of pistolets and with poniard and dagger. The inspection was over,
-and, at the word of command, the six men swung into their saddles.
-
-"Slowly through the camp," said Geoffrey in a low voice.
-
-As they moved forward a camp follower, apparently the worse for drink,
-lurched heavily against one of the lads' horses and caught at his
-stirrup to steady himself.
-
-"Where away, comrade?" he hiccuped to the lad, who in reply slashed at
-the impudent villain with his whip.
-
-Geoffrey's quick ear had caught the sound of a voice, and he instantly
-reined up his horse.
-
-"Stop that man," he cried; but it was too late, he had darted out of
-sight in the darkness.
-
-The party went on, the three young masters riding abreast, the lads
-following closely behind. They wound their way carefully through the
-camp, now thronged with soldiers, sutlers and followers of all kinds.
-
-It was a striking sight. Huge fires burned high at regular intervals,
-and around them all the revelry of a camp in time of war was beginning.
-
-At ten o'clock a gun would be fired and all fires would be put out, all
-strangers turned out of camp, and stillness would come down where
-pandemonium had so lately held sway.
-
-The passing of the travellers through the camp excited no observation
-nor surprise. Armed couriers were frequently sent out to the outlying
-posts and the neighbouring towns. These latter were falling daily into
-the possession of the conquering army.
-
-So the party rode forward unmolestedly and slowly till the confines of
-the camp were reached. Before them lay the broad trackway which led to
-Brussels. It was a rough, rugged road, but it was sufficiently plain to
-follow, even in the semi-darkness of the night. The late contending
-armies had passed along it recently, and all wayside inns and even
-private houses had been ruthlessly plundered and, in most cases, burnt.
-The despoiled inhabitants, the peasantry, the woodsmen, the charcoal
-burners, and a host of others had fled into the woods for safety.
-Desperate and starving, the men had formed themselves into marauding
-bands, and many a fair chateau, many a quiet, peaceful farm-house and
-village hamlet had been plundered by them in turn.
-
-Each night the reddened sky told of some dreadful fire, and for the
-moment the law was powerless. Woe to the unarmed traveller, woe to the
-wounded straggler who limped behind his regiment if they fell into the
-hands of a furious peasantry!
-
-This was one of the dangers which Philip had in his mind when he told
-the young men that their chief peril would be as they passed through
-French territory.
-
-"Halt!" cried Geoffrey, as the party entered upon the military road, and
-all drew rein and gathered around him. "It is right, my lads," said he,
-"that you should know whither we ride to-night, and, as you will share
-whatever perils may befall us, whither we go. We ride on the King's
-business to Brussels, that is our first halting-place. Before us lies a
-long journey, perhaps of ten or twelve hours in duration, through the
-enemy's country. Be wary, be watchful, see that your pistols are ready
-for service and your swords loose in their sheaths. We ride at a hand-
-gallop, not too fast lest we distress our horses too soon. You, Robin,
-will be our advance-guard, and you will ride a hundred yards ahead of
-us. You, Hal, will ride a hundred yards behind us, and you, Tom, will
-keep close to our rear, we may need you as a messenger. A shrill whistle
-will be the signal that we all unite in one body, that danger is near.
-The advance-guard will ever be on the alert to see that the road is
-clear, that no obstacles be placed in our way by the 'gueux' who haunt
-these devastated regions. The rear-guard will see, above all things,
-that we are not followed by foes. Now have I made all things clear?"
-
-"Aye, aye, sir," cried the men.
-
-"Then let us ride on, in God's name," said Geoffrey.
-
-Robin galloped forward, the four men followed in close order, the rear-
-guard took up his allotted position. The lights from the camp illumined
-the country in the rear, and for a long time the hum of the warlike
-multitude filled the air.
-
-Thus half-an-hour passed; they were galloping at a fairly easy pace
-along the rough road, and the great Flemish horses were warming to their
-work, sometimes neighing gaily as they tossed their heavy manes in the
-air.
-
-Not a sound now broke the solemn silence of the night, save the beating
-of the horses' hoofs on the hard road.
-
-They passed through hamlets once full of happy and industrious
-peasantry, now scenes of black ruin and dire desolation.
-
-Sometimes starving dogs would follow them with a fierce howl, and it
-became necessary to beat off the poor animals with the whip. Sometimes a
-solitary shout, or the shrill scream of a woman's voice reached their
-ears, and the young men would have halted out of pure compassion. But it
-might not be!
-
-"On, on!" cried Geoffrey; "we may not draw rein for man nor woman, for
-foe nor friend, till we have done the King's business."
-
-The signs of the works of the Prince of Darkness were often visible, and
-the sky in a dozen places reflected the red glare of lurid flames.
-
-Once they came very near to a scene of fierce conflict—men were
-besieging a strong stone mill and the valiant miller was making a hard
-fight for his life and homestead.
-
-Ralph was strongly moved at this sight, all his keen soldierly instincts
-arose in his soul, and he laid his hand on Geoffrey's arm as he cried—
-
-"Oh! may we not make one gallant charge on that murderous mob? we should
-scatter them as chaff before the wind. Oh! Geoffrey, give leave, I
-prithee!"
-
-"And lose the King's letter, perhaps. Nay, my brave boy, it must not
-be," answered Geoffrey, as they galloped on.
-
-On, on into the darkness they rode, their gallant horses neither
-faltering nor failing. As they rode a shrill cry as of some stricken
-creature in its last agony burst upon their ears; they could not avoid
-this case of distress, it lay in their very road.
-
-A group of men could be dimly discerned at the roadside. They had heeded
-not the approach of a single horseman as Robin swept past them, but as
-the central group came thundering on the men leapt into the adjoining
-wood.
-
-"Halt!" cried Geoffrey, and he blew his signal to the advance-guard.
-
-A man was evidently bound to a tree; at his feet was a half-extinguished
-fire.
-
-Seizing a firebrand and swinging it into flame, the lad Tom (who had
-dismounted) held it close to the prisoner's face, then cut his bonds
-with his dagger. The man was a Jewish peddler, and his mutilated hands
-showed the cause of his cries of anguish, three of his fingers had been
-roughly cut away.
-
-"Speak, man!" cried Geoffrey; "tell us quickly your case, for we may not
-tarry."
-
-Then the peddler told them, in hurried words, that he had fallen into
-the hands of robbers, and that they were torturing him until he should
-tell them where he had concealed his pack.
-
-"And where is your pack?" said Geoffrey.
-
-The man hesitated, he cast a suspicious eye on Geoffrey.
-
-"Put aside your fear, man," said Geoffrey; "we are Englishmen on service
-for King Philip, and we are in hot haste."
-
-"At Busigney, my lord," said the peddler, regaining confidence.
-
-Geoffrey consulted with his comrades for a few moments. They would pass
-Busigney shortly on their route, they could not leave the man to perish;
-a decision was soon reached.
-
-"We will take you to Busigney," said Geoffrey; "mount behind me, my
-horse is strong and will carry two as well as one."
-
-"Heaven bless you, my lord," replied the man, and by the help of the lad
-Tom he was soon seated behind Geoffrey.
-
-"Forward!" cried Geoffrey, "we have lost valuable time and we must make
-up for it," and the whole party galloped on at increased speed.
-
-But ere they had gone far the lad in the rear overtook them at a hot
-pace.
-
-"There is a strong body of cavalry coming up behind us, and in a few
-moments they will over-take us—they are riding furiously."
-
-Geoffrey called all his party together, still riding onward.
-
-"Which is it, boys," he cried, "fight or flight? The first may be fatal
-to our mission, the second may fail."
-
-Then the peddler spake—
-
-"If I may venture my advice, gentlemen, you will neither fight nor fly,
-at least until you know who these men are. A hundred yards ahead there
-is a deep dell overhung with trees. Under their shelter you may let this
-band of cavalry pass on, after you have seen them you may take better
-counsel as to your action."
-
-"Right!" cried Geoffrey; and in a few moments they reached, under the
-peddler's direction, the place of temporary safety.
-
-They had not long to wait. In two or three minutes a band of from twenty
-to thirty schwartzreiters came thundering on.
-
-"How did they know of our journey?" whispered Ralph.
-
-"Remember the drunken camp follower ere we left the camp?" replied
-Geoffrey. "I knew he was a spy."
-
-They had not been perceived in the thick shades of the trees—but what
-now? It was equally dangerous to advance or retire.
-
-It was at this dread and critical moment that a wonderful intervention
-came. There arose in the stillness of the night a great sound like the
-shock of battle or the fall of an avalanche.
-
-"Oh, God! it is the barricade!" cried the peddler; "I passed it half-an-
-hour ago."
-
-"What barricade?" said Geoffrey eagerly.
-
-"The 'gueux' have filled the road with huge stones, gathered from the
-quarry hard by, it is their favourite trap to catch night travellers,
-and the reiters have fallen into it."
-
-"And a moment more _we_ should have fallen into it," cried Geoffrey.
-
-"No," said the peddler, "for I was about to tell you of it. But, hark!
-the 'gueux' are attacking the fallen reiters."
-
-"Come," cried Geoffrey, "we must see what is passing; keep close
-together, make no noise. If any reiter escapes from the mêlée cut him
-down with your swords, or we shall be discovered."
-
-The "gueux" possessed guns and fowling-pieces, and now they were pouring
-in a desultory fire upon the confused mass of fallen men around the
-barricade. There seemed to be hundreds of wild figures gathering to the
-scene of conflict, and fresh bodies of them were pouring from the woods.
-
-Then a hand-to-hand fight ensued, so fierce in character that it was a
-combat of fiends rather than of men. No quarter was asked or given, it
-was a fight to the death.
-
-Soon it was evident that the reiters were being overpowered,
-notwithstanding their superiority in equipment and discipline. Their
-foes were twenty to one, and many of the Germans were lying in a
-helpless mass of men and horses amid the great quarry stones. Their
-battle-cries grew feebler and feebler; Geoffrey saw that the end would
-soon come.
-
-"But what then?" thought Geoffrey anxiously.
-
-The "gueux" would be as dangerous to them as to the reiters, they would
-make no distinction between English and Germans, all fought alike for
-their detested enemy King Philip.
-
-Once again the peddler intervened, as he sat behind Geoffrey.
-
-"My lord, my lord," he said in an agitated voice, "we must be gone, or
-we shall likewise perish."
-
-"We cannot pass the gueux," said Geoffrey, "and I cannot return to the
-camp; what third course is there?"
-
- [Illustration: "HERE IS THE ENTRANCE INTO THE WOODS."]
-
-"My lord," said the man, "you saved my life, will you trust yours to me?
-I know every pathway of these woods, I can take you by a safe road to
-Busigney if you will take me as your guide; the bypath enters the woods
-just below here, and once at Busigney you are on the main road again."
-
-For a minute Geoffrey consulted with his comrades, then he turned to the
-peddler.
-
-"You seem to be an honest man, we will trust you," he said. "Lead on, we
-accept your services as guide."
-
-The party retraced their steps for about a hundred yards.
-
-"Here is the entrance into the woods," said the peddler, as a leafy
-avenue dimly disclosed itself on the left side of the road.
-
-They turned into it, and now they were gently and noiselessly traversing
-the woods by a smoothly turfed trackway.
-
-"To the right," cried the peddler, as they came to a crossway, and
-Geoffrey perceived that they were now riding in a parallel track to the
-road they had quitted.
-
-The roar of battle had quieted down, but the wind brought to their ears
-the exultant shouts of the gueux, the victors in the deadly strife.
-
-From time to time some dark body would rush across the track or dive
-into the forest, once indeed a musket-shot was fired at them randomly.
-These were marauders hastening to the scene of conflict, eager to
-participate in the spoils.
-
-"We must ride quicker," said Geoffrey; "soon the gueux will know of our
-presence and we shall be pursued."
-
-"Beware," said the peddler in reply, "sometimes there are fallen trees
-across the track. We rejoin the main road in a few minutes."
-
-Geoffrey saw the wisdom of this advice, and they rode stealthily
-forward.
-
-Presently they emerged into a clearing and, to their joy, saw the great
-military road in front of them. Once upon it they put their horses to
-their fullest speed, there were no further barricades to dread, the
-peddler told them.
-
-In half-an-hour they were in the little town of Busigney, a town held to
-be neutral by both the contending armies, for it was the patrimony of
-Mary the Duchess of Burgundy, now the Regent of the Netherlands for
-Philip. In a few minutes they had drawn up in front of a little hotel,
-"L'Eperon d'Or," and the peddler, dismounting, entered the house. He
-quickly returned, accompanied by the "maitre d'hotel."
-
-"Here, my lord," he said to Geoffrey, "you can refresh your horses and
-yourselves also, if you need it, yet I urge you to remember that your
-foes are near, therefore you may not tarry long."
-
-"We owe you a thousand thanks," said Geoffrey. "Will you not take
-refreshment with us?"
-
-"Nay, my lord, it is well-nigh midnight, and I must seek a chirurgeon
-this night to set my wounded hand in order."
-
-"Ah! I had forgotten your grievous hurt," said Geoffrey. "You are a
-brave and gallant man, Mr. Peddler, may I not add a little golden salve
-to the remedy?" and he produced his purse.
-
-"Nay, nay, my lord," said the man quickly, "you have already given me my
-reward, it was a life for a life!"
-
-And forthwith he left them.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIV
-
- BRUSSELS, ANTWERP, CALAIS
-
-
-The horsemen needed but little time wherein to refresh themselves and
-their horses. The aubergiste, at Geoffrey's command, brought forth his
-best wine for the gentlemen, and his ostlers produced corn and water for
-the horses. In half-an-hour the order to remount was given, and soon the
-party was trotting quietly through the cobbled streets of Busigney.
-
-Their next halting-place would be Mons; in two hours' time they would be
-out of French territory.
-
-Clear of the town they put their horses to a hand-gallop, and once more
-the devastation of war became evident. All was ruin and desolation in
-this once fertile region, there seemed to be nothing left by the cruel
-marauding hands of men!
-
-The villages and hamlets still smouldered, and the air was reeking with
-pungent smoke; but there were no inhabitants, all had fled from the
-neighbourhood of the great military highway.
-
-Yet Geoffrey and his companions relaxed nothing of their keen vigilance.
-Robin rode ahead and Hal in the rear as before.
-
-On, on, through the night!
-
-The stars shone brilliantly, not a cloud flecked the sky. Ill-omened
-blotches of red light on the horizon marked where the gueux were still
-at their evil work, but even these grew fewer as the small hours of the
-morning passed and the travellers were reaching Flemish territory.
-
-All at once the advance-guard dropped back upon them. He reported that a
-crowd of men were approaching; they were not in military order, but they
-were occupying the whole road.
-
-Geoffrey signalled to the rear-guard to join them, and a rapid
-consultation ensued. Finally, Geoffrey ordered the three lads to fall in
-behind the gentlemen; then with drawn swords all advanced at slow pace
-towards the oncoming mob. Many of these men carried pine-knot torches,
-and by their flickering and lurid light it could be seen that they were
-rudely armed peasantry—scythes, pitchforks and huge clubs were their
-chief weapons, and these they waved aloft with wild cries of defiance.
-The three young soldiers felt a true pity for these homeless and
-houseless men, and Geoffrey resolved to win his way through them by
-expostulation, if it were possible.
-
-Reining up his steed he waited till the gueux were close at hand, then
-he thundered out—
-
-"Halt there, if you value your lives!"
-
-The men uttered derisive cries—yet they halted.
-
-"Why do you obstruct the King's highway? make way, or you will rue the
-day when you strove to stop six heavily-armed men."
-
-Their leader stepped to the front.
-
-"You are six in number, are you," he cried, "and we are ten to one
-against you! Dismount from your horses, give them up to us and we will
-let you pass," he continued.
-
-"Fools!" cried Geoffrey angrily; "do you think to frighten soldiers with
-your base threats? Yet I know that you are poor and starving, and I
-would not willingly put you to the sword. Hear me! On the word of a
-gentleman I promise you that if you make way for us I will scatter five
-gold pieces among you. Now answer me, and that quickly!"
-
-For a moment the men drew together to consider the offer. But the very
-mention of "gold pieces" aroused their base passions and cupidity;
-perhaps they thought that fear dictated the generous offer. Then the
-leader cried out—
-
-"We will have your gold and your horses too; dismount and we promise you
-your lives."
-
-Geoffrey turned rapidly to his men.
-
-"Two abreast," he cried; "are you ready? Charge!"
-
-Then they dug their spurs into their horses' flanks and, like a
-thunderbolt, they hurled themselves into the midst of the seething mob,
-with a wild British cheer! Cutting, slashing, hewing, stabbing, the six
-trained and disciplined soldiers passed through their foes as if they
-had been but wax dolls or stuffed effigies. In less than a minute they
-had won their way, and the path through which they had passed was strewn
-with the dead and dying.
-
-Then Geoffrey cried "Halt!"
-
-The gueux were a hundred yards behind them, and they showed no
-inclination to pursue.
-
-"Is any man hurt?" cried Geoffrey to his party.
-
-Two lads answered—
-
-"Only a little blood-letting, sir."
-
-"Then in God's name let us ride forward," cried Geoffrey: "we have
-punished those poor wretches sufficiently; but they would have it,
-Heaven pity them!"
-
-On, on once more into the night.
-
-The morn was breaking, streaks of grey light quivered in the sky and the
-stars were losing their brilliance. They were approaching the confines
-of Flanders, and as the dawn deepened into day the watch-towers of
-Maubeuge came in sight. It was a frontier town, and in times of peace
-its barriers would have been kept by an armed force, not to be passed
-till all dues and customs had been paid, and all questions fully
-answered.
-
-As the armed party appeared in view the shrill voice of a trumpet rang
-out, and men were to be seen hurrying to their places of observation.
-But the sight of six men in uniform, fully armed, seemed to render all
-formalities unnecessary, and no resistance to their passage was made as
-the party rode through the town making no halt in it.
-
-The sun was rising in great splendour; it shone upon a scene that
-cheered the hearts of the horsemen. All was bright and peaceful, the
-fields were yellow with corn and the reapers were everywhere at work.
-
-"Oh, blessed peace!" said William to Ralph; "who would not sigh for the
-time when wars should be no more, when men shall 'beat their swords into
-ploughshares and their spears into pruning hooks'!"
-
-They rode more gently now, for their gallant steeds were beginning to
-flag. At mid-day the towers and spires of Mons came into sight and the
-splendid tracery of the glorious Cathedral of St. Wandru, as it
-displayed itself against a sky of opal blue, filled them with
-admiration.
-
-Reaching the Grande Place, they halted in front of the Hôtel de la
-Couronne, and the weary travellers dismounted. They, as well as their
-horses, needed repose, and Geoffrey decreed a respite of three hours.
-
- --------------
-
-All too soon Geoffrey aroused his comrades, who had both dined and slept
-after they had seen carefully that the needs of their horses had
-received attention.
-
-"To horse, to horse," cried Geoffrey: "we must be in Brussels ere
-nightfall."
-
-Once more they were in the saddle, and the bells of the cathedral tolled
-the hour of three as they rode across the bridge of the river Trouille,
-fresh and reinvigorated. Their horses had been well cared for, and they
-seemed to share the exhilaration of their riders.
-
-On through the pleasant plains of Flanders, through Jubise, Nivelles,
-Brise-le-Compte, and many another small town. They sang, they talked to
-their horses and caressed them, and the noble animals responded to their
-efforts as they cantered forwards.
-
-Yet night was falling ere the noble town of Brussels was reached; the
-sweet-toned bells of the great Cathedral, St. Gudule, were chiming, and
-presently they announced the hour—it was eight o'clock.
-
-The party halted in the Grande Place under the shadow of the splendid
-Hôtel de Ville, and Geoffrey quickly found a comfortable hotel where
-they could stable their horses and refresh themselves.
-
-Then he wended his way to the burgomaster's house, that he might lodge
-his demand for six fresh horses "for the King's service." He encountered
-no difficulties, and this business being accomplished he rejoined his
-companions at the Hôtel de Flandres.
-
-The horses were ordered for midnight, when they would begin the last
-stage of their long ride; they would reach Antwerp by daybreak, if all
-went well. They had four hours for rest and refreshment, yet, when they
-had dined, and ere they snatched an hour's sleep, the gentlemen of the
-party strolled for a brief space in the Grande Place. It was full of
-gaily-dressed citizens; and great lanterns, suspended on poles at
-intervals, cast a bright light upon the animated scene.
-
-Here were gallant young Spanish officers, belonging to the garrison of
-the city, attracting the eyes of all beholders by the glitter of their
-uniforms and the easy hauteur with which they moved among the people.
-
-There were civic dignitaries in rich flowing robes, escorting their
-wives and daughters to an entertainment which was being given that night
-by Margaret, Duchess of Parma, the King's half-sister. She was paying a
-brief visit to the city, where she had spent her childhood; she was soon
-to become the Regent of the Netherlands.
-
-There were groups of monks in the many-coloured robes of their Orders,
-Black Dominicans, White Augustinians and Brown Benedictines.
-
-All sorts and conditions of men were there, and the young Englishmen
-watched them with keen interest. So novel a scene had they never
-witnessed, nor so lovely a house as the "Maison du Roi," which blazed
-with light in all its windows on the eastern side of the Place.
-
-Ah, what a house that was! Richly sculptured, ornamented with armorial
-bearings, which glittered with crimson and gold; so splendid that it was
-sometimes called "The Golden House." It was in front of that very house
-that, eleven years later, twenty-five Flemish nobles passed to their
-doom on the scaffold—it was in the spring of 1568. Two months later
-Counts Egmont and Horn were led forth from that gorgeous abode to perish
-under the headsman's axe.
-
-There was no prophetic vision to foretell these dread things; and that
-night, as the young Englishmen gazed upon it in all its sumptuous
-beauty, the wildest imagination would not have dreamt of so tragic a
-thing.
-
-The eyes of the young men lingered on these scenes of fascination, and,
-for a time, they lost the feeling of weariness and fatigue.
-
-"Come, boys," cried Geoffrey, as he laid his hands on their shoulders,
-"this will not do! The clocks are chiming for the ninth hour, and at
-twelve we have to be in the saddle."
-
-So they retraced their steps to the Hôtel de Flandres and soon "fell on
-sleep," perhaps to dream of gallant courtiers, stout burghers, of civic
-dignitaries and the fair ladies of the wondrous city of Brussels.
-
- --------------
-
-The hour of midnight had come, and in the spacious stable-yard of the
-hotel six fine Flemish horses, fully harnessed for military service,
-awaited their riders. Nor had they long to wait.
-
-Scarce had the sound of the chiming bells died down than the six
-horsemen made their appearance. Again was a minute examination made of
-every part of the equipment, again the men renewed the priming of their
-pistols and shook their sword-belts into position.
-
-"Are you all ready?" cried Geoffrey, when all was finished. And in
-response to the "Aye, aye, sir," of the men, the word of command came—
-
-"Then mount; we ride in pairs till we are clear of the city, then as
-before: Robin in front and Hal behind."
-
-Quietly they rode through the dimly-lit streets and passed over the
-river Senne into the open country. They were on a good road now (the
-ancient Roman "street"), which led straight away to Antwerp, through
-Mechlin, where they would make their first halt.
-
-They were splendidly mounted and their horses broke into an easy canter,
-tossing their long manes and snorting, as if with joy. Through verdant
-plains, through teeming cornfields, through villages and small towns,
-onwards they galloped till the lights of Mechlin came in sight.
-Presently they were riding gently through the ancient town, and the
-carillon in the lofty belfry of St. Rombaut rang out the hour of two as
-they drew rein in the Grande Place.
-
-The city watchmen gathered round them, eager to do them service as soon
-as Geoffrey had informed them that he rode on the King's business. Corn
-and water were quickly found for the horses, wine from some secret store
-for the men (the hotels were fast locked for the night), for all of
-which things Geoffrey paid with free hand. Thus half-an-hour was spent,
-then the horsemen remounted their steeds and they cantered gaily out of
-the town.
-
-"Heigh ho, for Antwerp, our last stage!" cried Geoffrey, as they rode
-out into the darkness.
-
-So fresh were their horses that they rode now at full gallop, and the
-country seemed to fly by them. A grey light was tingeing the eastern
-horizon as they drew near Antwerp, the dawn had begun as they rode up to
-the watch-towers of the fortified town.
-
-Their approach had been signalled by trumpet blasts, and a strong body
-of town-guards awaited them. The horsemen drew up as the captain of the
-guard approached them, and to him Geoffrey handed his papers as he said—
-
-"On the King's service!"
-
-Everything was _en règle_, and in a few moments the great gates were
-opened and the party entered Antwerp and proceeded direct to the Quai.
-
-Antwerp was waking up, and already crowds of men were making their way
-to the great dockyard of the city. Sailors of many nationalities were
-proceeding to their ships, which lay at anchor on the broad waters of
-the noble river Scheldt.
-
-Lord Clinton had provided Geoffrey with a "King's mandate" addressed to
-the dock-master, and the party soon found their way to that
-functionary's official residence.
-
-Herr Van Luhys, the worthy dock-master, had not yet opened his doors to
-the outside world, and the sleepy watchman gazed with dismay at the six
-horsemen who, dismounted, stood at the door asking for immediate
-audience. It was not till Geoffrey had slipped a doubloon into the man's
-hand that he consented to awake his master and to convey a message to
-him.
-
-But the words "On the King's Service" soon brought the dock-master into
-the hall, where the three Englishmen awaited him. Geoffrey handed the
-King's mandate to him, at the sight of which document Herr Van Luhys
-bowed low and asked his early visitors to be seated, while he read the
-mandate.
-
-The effect was immediate.
-
-"I am the King's servant and loyal subject," he said: "his commands
-shall be obeyed. I am bidden to find you immediate means of reaching
-Calais, and to see that your horses are returned to the Burgomaster of
-Brussels. By Heaven's good providence the _Santa Trinadad_, a swift
-King's ship, is in the harbour, and she sails in an hour's time. I will
-send word to the captain at once, that six gentlemen are coming on board
-his ship, and that he is to await your presence before he lifts anchor.
-Meanwhile, gentlemen, you will break your fast with me, I trust, if you
-will do me so great an honour."
-
-Geoffrey bowed courteously, and very thankfully accepted the dock-
-master's offers of service and breakfast. They were weary, and their
-long ride had made them hungry: an hour could not be spent more
-profitably than at Herr Van der Luhys's breakfast table.
-
-Their horses were sent under the care of grooms, hastily summoned, to
-the stables, and men-servants began in hot haste to prepare a meal for
-the dock-master's guests.
-
-A great table stood in the centre of the hall: soon it was covered with
-a fair white cloth, and fish, flesh and fowl were produced and set out
-as if by magic. The honest Dutchman's larder was evidently well stocked
-and his cellar was equally good, for in a trice curious bottles of
-spirits and tall flasks, full of wine, were brought forth.
-
-Van Luhys sat at table with his guests, and when the claims of hunger
-had been somewhat appeased he plied them with questions. He would fain
-know all about the battle and siege of St. Quentin; what were the King's
-plans of campaign; where was the Duke of Guise's army; where was De
-Nevers; what great reward was to be given to their noble compatriot
-Count Egmont, and many other like things! And so an hour rapidly passed,
-so quickly indeed that a message from the Captain of the _Santa
-Trinadad_ came to them almost as a surprise.
-
-"The tide was falling, the gentlemen should come aboard as quickly as
-possible."
-
-Geoffrey would have made his adieux, but the hospitable Van Luhys
-insisted on seeing his guests safely on board the ship; moreover, he
-wished to introduce them to his honourable friend Captain Don Gonzaga.
-
-So the party rose from table and made their way through the docks, now
-become a scene of great activity. No town in Europe possessed a finer
-harbour than Antwerp, and its vast fortifications were maintained with
-zealous care: a garrison of five thousand Spaniards defended them.
-
-A walk of a few minutes brought them to the water-side, where the war-
-ship floated at anchor. She was a noble vessel, carrying forty-five
-guns, though many of them were of small calibre. Her decks were crowded
-with sailors, among whom Geoffrey noted fifty men-at-arms, wearing
-glittering cuirasses and morions and armed with arquebuses and swords.
-Many sailors had gone aloft, awaiting the signal to unfurl the sails and
-fling out the royal standard of Spain.
-
-As the party stepped on board, headed by the dock-master, Captain
-Gonzaga advanced to meet them. He was a young Castilian noble of purest
-blood and long descent, and his manners, though courteous, were tinged
-with a certain hauteur.
-
-"To what happy circumstances am I to attribute the honour of the company
-of these gentlemen?" he said, with a ceremonious bow towards them.
-
-"I have the 'King's mandate,' honourable Captain, to see that they are
-conveyed to Calais with no delay," said Herr Van der Luhys.
-
-"I would fain see the 'mandate,'" replied Don Gonzaga.
-
-The dock-master bridled up somewhat.
-
-"It is addressed to me," he said, "but I have it with me and you are
-welcome to see it;" and therewith he handed the document to the
-punctilious Captain, who hastily perused it.
-
-As he read the names of the three gentlemen therein set forth, he
-started as he saw that of Geoffrey de Fynes, and his manner of bearing
-underwent a sudden change.
-
-"Which of you gentlemen is Mr. Geoffrey de Fynes?" he inquired.
-
-Geoffrey bowed slightly in reply.
-
-"Of Herstmonceux in the County of Sussex?" inquired the Captain.
-
-"My father was Baron Dacres of Herstmonceux", said Geoffrey.
-
-"I welcome you on board my ship," said Don Gonzaga warmly, as he held
-out his hand, which Geoffrey took courteously. "My father was the
-Spanish Ambassador at the Court of King Henry the Eighth," continued the
-Captain, "and your father, Baron Dacres, was his bosom friend; I venture
-to hope that a like bond may unite their sons! Now come to my cabin,
-gentlemen, for in a few minutes we start for Calais."
-
-Then they bade farewell to the worthy Herr Van der Luhys and followed
-Gonzaga to his cabin. It was the "state room" of the ship, luxuriously
-furnished.
-
-"Make this cabin your own, gentlemen, while you do me the honour of
-remaining on the _Santa Trinadad_," said the Captain. "And now I must
-hasten on deck," he continued; "we are just moving out," and with a bow
-he left them.
-
-It was not long before the Englishmen ascended to the deck, eager to see
-the country through which they were passing. The sun was shining
-brightly on the broad, deep waters of the Scheldt as the noble ship
-slowly threaded its way out of the crowded port of Antwerp. Soon the
-majestic city faded out of sight, and on each side of the river a flat
-and somewhat desolate landscape extended itself.
-
-There were broad meadows, reclaimed from the sea, on which great droves
-of oxen were pastured; there were innumerable wind-mills and quaint
-Dutch farm-houses. Occasionally a village came in sight with a metal-
-sheathed spire rising from its midst. Soon Flushing was reached, the
-pilot was dropped and the vessel was in the open sea, under full sail.
-
-At mid-day dinner was served in the great mess-room, and Don Gonzaga
-introduced his guests to the officers of the ship.
-
-Spain was the rival with England for the sovereignty of the sea, and, as
-a rule, there was little love lost between the sailors of the two
-nations. But now, taking their cue from their young Captain, the Spanish
-officers vied in showing hospitality to their English guests. As the
-banquet, for it really deserved the name, came to a close and the four
-young men were left alone, Gonzaga turned to Geoffrey, who sat on his
-right hand, and said—
-
-"Shall I tell you how my father first met Lord Dacres? He often told the
-tale to me."
-
-And on Geoffrey's eager acquiescence, he proceeded to say—
-
-"It was in the spring of 1538, and my father was summoned to a banquet
-at the King's Palace at Greenwich. As he crossed Blackheath on foot,
-accompanied by a small band of servants, he was attacked by a strong
-body of highwaymen. A desperate fight ensued, and one by one all my
-fathers servants fell, and he alone was left, fighting desperately for
-his life with his back against a stone wall. The assassins knew him, and
-perhaps they were anxious to take him alive and so claim a great ransom.
-Or perhaps his skill with the rapier saved him, for he was thought to be
-the finest swordsman of Spain. His foes called on him to surrender, but
-they called in vain, though he was sorely wounded—a Gonzaga dies but
-never surrenders!
-
-"A few minutes more and the tragedy would have been complete, for my
-father was growing faint with loss of blood. But the noise of the strife
-was heard afar, and suddenly help came. With a shout of 'Dacres to the
-rescue,' six stout Sussex men attacked the highwaymen in the rear, and
-they took to flight. Then your noble father, Lord Dacres, bound up
-Gonzaga's wounds, and his men bore him to Greenwich Palace. His wounds
-were not serious, and in a few weeks' time he had quite recovered from
-them. And that was the beginning of a firm friendship between our
-fathers, only too soon to end by the tragic event which all good men
-will ever deplore."
-
-Geoffrey was deeply moved as he grasped Don Gonzaga's proffered hand and
-shook it warmly.
-
-"I was but a babe," he said, "when my father perished at Tyburn, but I
-love his revered memory, and my one hope in life, above all others, is
-to see his honour vindicated!"
-
-"May that day soon come!" said Gonzaga.
-
-Then the four young men returned to the deck, and at the request of the
-Englishmen the Captain took them all over the war-ship, and afterwards
-put the crew and the men-at-arms through a smart drill, in which the
-wonderful efficiency of the men excited the Englishmen's admiration.
-
- --------------
-
-The voyage was drawing to an end. Ostend and Dunkirk had been passed,
-and as evening fell Calais came in sight.
-
-At eight o'clock the ship dropped her anchor in front of the town,
-firing a salute in honour of the flag of St. George, which floated on
-the bastion. Then a boat was lowered, and, ere taking their departure,
-the Englishmen took an affectionate farewell of their new friend.
-
-"We shall meet again," said Gonzaga.
-
-"At Herstmonceux, I hope," replied Geoffrey, as they shook hands once
-more.
-
-Half-an-hour later the young men were in Calais, and the _Santa
-Trinadad_ pursued her journey to Spain, whither she was bound.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XV
-
- CALAIS
-
-
-Calais was a petty fishing village in the tenth century, and its first
-appearance in the annals of history was when Baldwin the Fourth, Count
-of Flanders, took it under his fostering care and its earliest
-fortifications were built.
-
-Perceiving its natural advantages, Philip of France, Count of Boulogne,
-took serious steps for its defence. A citadel was built, forts were
-erected, a lofty watch-tower was constructed on the bastion fronting the
-sea, which for centuries was the chief light-house of Calais. The town
-was encircled by strong walls, deep moats were constructed, every art
-known to the engineers of that age was employed, and the town was
-thought to be impregnable.
-
-King Edward the Third captured it after the great battle of Crécy, and
-it took that warlike monarch eleven months ere he became master of the
-town, chiefly aided by the grim necessities of famine. It became an
-English town, and for two hundred years it had resisted the repeated
-efforts of France to reconquer it. The English rebuilt the cathedral of
-Notre Dame, whose lofty tower served as a landmark for sailors. When the
-sovereigns of England and France met on the "Field of the Cloth of
-Gold," much money was spent on the town by the English.
-
-Wolsey's keen eye marked the decrepitude of its walls, and he spent
-twenty thousand crowns in strengthening them. Yet vague rumours had
-lately gone abroad that its fortifications were tottering to a fall,
-undermined by the action of the sea; that the ancient artillery which
-defended its walls was but a vain show, and that its garrison of eight
-hundred men was not only inadequate, but it was untrustworthy from a
-military point of view. It had become a kind of depôt for old soldiers,
-ill watch was kept, and loose discipline was maintained.
-
-Alarmed by the reports which the Bishop of Acqs had conveyed to the
-French Government (all of which were known by him), Philip took serious
-alarm. In hot haste he laid these matters before the English Government,
-only to find his reports to be received with the utmost incredulity. The
-two hundred years of almost quiet possession had begotten a fatal sense
-of security on the part of the English.
-
-Again Philip sent to Cardinal Pole, who was the Queen's chief adviser,
-offering to garrison Calais with Spaniards at his own expense; but this
-offer was received coldly by the English Government, whose suspicion of
-the Spaniard, and of Philip himself especially, reigned supreme. Then
-Philip suggested a greatly increased garrison, of which one half should
-be English and the other Spanish. The offer was refused.
-
-It was under these circumstances that the King had sent Geoffrey,
-William and Ralph to make a secret inspection of the town and its
-garrison. Their report was to be given to Cardinal Pole himself. Philip
-knew that these three young Englishmen were favourably known to the
-Cardinal, and that his eminence would feel sure that their testimony
-would be disinterested and reliable.
-
-It was under these circumstances that Geoffrey and his companions landed
-at Calais on a fine September evening in the year 1557. The approach of
-their boat had been perceived from the watch-tower, and as it grated on
-the shore a company of armed men waited to receive them. The uniforms of
-the young men gave assurance to the captain of the guard, he recognized
-the blue accoutrements of the English contingent, now serving with King
-Philip. It was therefore with the utmost courtesy and with military
-salute that Captain Lascelles advanced towards the visitors and asked to
-be allowed to inspect their papers.
-
-"We come from St. Quentin as direct envoys from the King to Lord
-Wentworth, the Governor of Calais," replied Geoffrey. "May we ask you to
-conduct us to him?" he continued.
-
-"Whom have I the honour to address?" inquired the Captain.
-
-"Geoffrey de Fynes, William Jefferay, Ralph Jefferay, aides-de-camp to
-Lord Clinton, second in command of the English contingent serving in
-France," replied Geoffrey.
-
-Captain Lascelles bowed low.
-
-"I will conduct you to the Governor's lodgings in the citadel
-forthwith," he replied; "but I fear you will not see Lord Wentworth to-
-night, he is entertaining the officers of the garrison to supper."
-
-"We thank you for your courtesy, sir," replied Geoffrey; and the Captain
-leading the way the party ascended to the citadel which overlooked the
-little town.
-
-Through narrow, ill-paved streets, dimly lit, they proceeded in silence
-till the plateau was reached which fronted the gloomy old citadel.
-
-The Captain gave the password at the gates, then he called for Lord
-Wentworth's major-domo, with whom he held a brief consultation apart.
-Then turning to Geoffrey, he said—
-
-"The Castle is very full of guests to-night, yet the major-domo can give
-you 'soldiers' quarters' if you will deign to accept so humble a
-lodging."
-
-"We are soldiers," replied Geoffrey cheerfully, "we ask for nothing
-better."
-
-Forthwith the official led them through a long vaulted passage, lit with
-oil lamps, from which they emerged into a large low vaulted room,
-roughly but sufficiently furnished with tables and wooden benches. A
-great fire-place occupied one end of the room, and a quantity of
-firewood lay on the hearth waiting to be kindled.
-
-Three stone-mullioned windows gave light and air, and from them the
-twinkling lights of the town could be perceived as it stretched itself
-out below them. Cressets hung from the walls, and into one of them the
-major-domo thrust the blazing torch he had been carrying.
-
-"By my faith I am sorry to give you so poor a lodging," said Captain
-Lascelles; "but to-morrow the major-domo will be able to do something
-better for you. Beyond this room there lies another exactly like it, but
-furnished with truckle-beds, which shall be provided with fresh and
-clean linen and blankets for you. And now, gentlemen," he continued,
-"may I suggest that you come to my quarters in the Castle, which, poor
-as they are, present a few more comforts than this cold stone room.
-Meanwhile, your varlets can light your fires and help the major-domo to
-lay your supper—what say you?"
-
-The offer was so kindly made and evidently so well meant, that Geoffrey
-at once answered—
-
-"Most willingly, sir, and we are greatly your debtors. Meanwhile," he
-added, "I have a letter from Lord Clinton to the Governor, will you
-kindly see that it reaches his hand to-night; the royal mandate from
-King Philip I must deliver to his Lordship myself."
-
-"It shall be done," said Captain Lascelles; "and now, if it please you,
-I beg you to follow me."
-
-A few steps brought them to the courtyard, and crossing it the Captain
-led the way to a flight of stone steps on the southern side. Ascending
-these the party found themselves in front of a strong, heavy door, on
-which Captain Lascelles rapped loudly.
-
-A soldier speedily answered the summons and led the way to his master's
-quarters, holding aloft a flaming torch. It was a stone-built room, even
-the floor was stone, like every other chamber in that ancient citadel,
-but in every other respect it was luxuriously furnished. Glittering
-designs in daggers and poniards of every age adorned the walls, which
-were covered with rich tapestries, soft couches and divans invited to
-repose, curiously carved tables and chairs testified to the taste and
-elegance of the young Captain of the guard.
-
-"Be seated, gentlemen," cried Lascelles, as he sounded a gong and bade
-his servants bring wine and refreshment.
-
-"But are we not keeping you from the Governor's hospitable table?" said
-Geoffrey, as the sounds of arriving guests ascended from the courtyard.
-
-"Nay," said the Captain, with a laugh; "I am on duty to-night."
-
-"Then, in that case, I pray that you will not let us burden you with our
-company," replied Geoffrey.
-
-"I am free for an hour," replied Lascelles; "De Courcy, my lieutenant,
-takes my place."
-
-So they sat down while rich wines were being poured into silver goblets
-and toasts were drunk. Lascelles would fain know all the recent military
-news from St. Quentin, of which the world knew little as yet. He was
-eager to hear of the King's present position and his schemes for the
-future. On many such points Geoffrey was able and willing to give
-information; on others he preserved a discreet silence, as became a
-King's envoy sent on a secret mission.
-
-Thus an hour flew rapidly by, and then Geoffrey, pleading fatigue,
-obtained his host's permission to withdraw to the quarters assigned to
-them. There they found bright fires burning, and a substantial meal had
-been provided by the major-domo, with wines for the gentlemen and small-
-beer for the varlets.
-
-The evening was speeding on, and the Englishmen were about to retire to
-their truckle-beds, when an unlooked-for intervention occurred. There
-was a knock at the door, then it was thrown open and a young aide-de-
-camp, richly dressed, stepped into the room with the words—
-
-"May it please you, gentlemen, his Excellency the Governor!" and
-therewith the Earl of Wentworth appeared on the threshold.
-
-He was splendidly dressed, as became a great noble. He had left his
-guests for a brief space, and so was in all the rich attire of the
-banqueting-room. Bowing courteously to the young men, he besought them
-to take their seats, as he sat down on one of the rough chairs of the
-guard-room. Turning to his aide-de-camp the Governor said—
-
-"Descend to the courtyard and wait there for me, take with you the three
-grooms, and let no man disturb us."
-
-The envoys were left alone with the Earl.
-
-Lord Wentworth was an elderly man of grave and even majestic mien. As
-"Lord of the Marches" he had seen much service in the Border warfare
-between England and Scotland; he had only recently been appointed to the
-Governorship of Calais. In quiet and easy tones he addressed the envoys.
-
-"Lord Clinton's letter has just reached my hands," he said, "and in it
-he tells me that you are the bearers of a royal mandate for me from King
-Philip. He tells me that the matter is urgent, and that must be my
-excuse for disturbing you at this late hour of the night. I crave your
-pardon therein. I shall be glad to read the mandate ere I retire to
-rest."
-
-Geoffrey at once arose, bowed low, and presented the royal document.
-
-"I thank you, young sir," said the Earl. "To-morrow morning at nine
-o'clock I ask your company to breakfast, there is much that you can tell
-me which I am very desirous to hear, for Lord Clinton tells me that you
-come direct from St. Quentin. And now I will not detain you from your
-rest, you have travelled far and must needs be fatigued. And so good-
-night, gentlemen!"
-
-And therewith the Earl, attended by Geoffrey, who carried a torch,
-descended to the courtyard. Ere the Governor quitted his young
-companion, he said—
-
-"I gather from Lord Clinton's letter that one of you three gentlemen is
-Geoffrey de Fynes—are you he?"
-
-"Yes, your Lordship," replied Geoffrey.
-
-"Then you are of the family of the 'Dacres of the South,' I presume,"
-said the Earl. "I have known the 'Dacres of the North' all my life and I
-have been honoured by their friendship."
-
-Then the Earl shook hands warmly with Geoffrey.
-
-"I am glad to know you, sir, and to welcome you to this town of Calais,
-of which your grandfather was Governor in the famous year of 'The Field
-of the Cloth of Gold,' unless I err?"
-
-Geoffrey bowed acquiescence, and the interview came to an end.
-
-Soon the six weary travellers sought their truckle-beds and found solace
-in sleep.
-
- --------------
-
-The morning had come, the Earl and his three young guests had
-breakfasted in the great hall of the Castle. The servants had been
-dismissed and the gentlemen sat alone.
-
-"Last night," said the Earl to them, "I read King Philip's letter, and I
-gather from it that he wishes me to allow you three gentlemen to make a
-thorough, but informal, inspection of the fortifications and the
-garrison of Calais. You will carry your report to Cardinal Pole, and the
-King earnestly hopes that the English Government will remedy whatsoever
-may be lacking here. His Majesty's wishes are commands to me, and they
-shall be willingly obeyed. Indeed, I am heartily glad to have this new
-opportunity of laying our needs before the Government, to whom I have
-written many letters and sent many messengers in vain. The King is
-rightly informed respecting the condition of matters here; it is true we
-need more men, more guns, and a greater supply of ammunition, and our
-walls are crumbling into ruin in many important points. Yet I do not
-fear any foe, nor do I believe that Calais can fall. I held Berwick
-Castle against all the power of Scotland, with a smaller garrison and
-with poorer means of defence!
-
-"But now we will go forth and you shall see for yourselves how matters
-stand with us. First, we will inspect the Castle itself, and I will show
-you our magazines. And we go unattended, remembering that your mission
-is a secret one. The garrison is being drilled in the great courtyard at
-this moment. You shall see the men under arms."
-
-The Governor had ordered a full muster this morning, and the courtyard
-presented a scene full of life and animation when the whole garrison
-presented arms as the Earl and his guests made their appearance.
-
-The envoys passed between the lines and closely inspected the men and
-their equipment. The review was soon completed, and the men went to
-their quarters with a great beating of drums and blowing of trumpets.
-
-"What think you of them?" asked the Governor, as he and his guests moved
-on to the bastions.
-
-The envoys consulted together for a brief space, and then Geoffrey, as
-spokesman, gave their opinion.
-
-"The men were gallant English soldiers, but they were chiefly old men,
-some of them surely past the usual age for men on service. Their weapons
-were older still, and the arquebusiers were astonishingly few in
-number," such was their verdict.
-
-The Governor sighed as he admitted that the criticism was just, and he
-now proceeded to lead the party to the Castle wall.
-
-Many of the great guns were so old that it would be dangerous to use
-them; one wondrous piece of artillery dated back to the days of Crécy.
-
-"But others are on their way hither," the Governor explained. "They were
-at Dover waiting for shipment," according to his latest information.
-
-Then a circuit of the fortifications was made, and it was all too
-evident that many towers were crumbling to ruin.
-
-Later in the day the Governor took his guests to the outer walls of the
-town, the bulwarks of Froyton and Neslé were visited, Newhaven Bridge
-(as it was somewhat curiously named) was traversed, and they inspected
-the Risbank and the great moats. These moats formed a vital point in the
-defence of Calais, should the day of trial come, yet were so ill cared
-for that some were dry, and in others the water was so shallow that
-great mudbanks displayed themselves in their midst.
-
-It was with saddened hearts that the envoys returned to the Castle,
-having inspected the sea walls and the surrounding country as far as
-Guisnes and Hames.
-
- --------------
-
-The night had fallen, the great gates of the Castle were closed and the
-watches were set.
-
-The envoys were the guests of the Governor, and they sat at supper in
-the great hall. This was the noblest room in the Castle, it had been
-built by King Henry the Fifth, and it was a worthy trophy of the Warrior
-King. Its lofty roof towered above them, dimly seen by the light of the
-great lanterns which hung upon the walls. On festive nights the iron
-cressets, suspended at intervals between the lanterns, were filled with
-blazing torches, and over the "high table" hung handsome candelabra,
-which on rare occasions glittered with the light of hundreds of wax
-candles. But this was a "low night," and the daïs was illuminated by
-lanterns only.
-
-"So to-morrow you leave us," said the Governor, as the supper being
-finished they sat over their wine. "I am sorry that you cannot prolong
-your stay, for I would fain have seen more of you, but I know it is
-impossible. I will not ask you aught respecting your report to the
-Cardinal, but I can divine what it will be. You tell me that the English
-contingent are clamouring for their return home: ask him to send me but
-a thousand of those gallant men and I will pledge my honour that in
-Calais the flag of St. George will never give place to the lilies of
-France! But above all things let the help, whatever it may be, come
-quickly. I have forgotten what little Latin I ever knew, but there is an
-old tag which I learnt at Carlisle Grammar School which dwells in my
-memory: _Bis dat qui cito dat!_"
-
-The young men were much moved as the veteran soldier talked.
-
-"God grant that the Cardinal may listen to us, and that the Government
-will heed him," said Ralph.
-
-"But the Cardinal _is_ the Government, for at this moment he rules
-supreme in the council, and the Queen relies implicitly upon his
-advice," replied the Governor. "Persuade him and the thing is
-accomplished. Calais will stand for another two hundred years as the
-brightest gem in the English crown—Heaven grant it!"
-
-"But meanwhile," interposed Ralph again, "meanwhile, _if Guise come_?"
-
-"Our latest advice is that Guise will _not_ come," answered the
-Governor; "he has joined De Nevers and their combined armies are moving
-into Picardy: all men say that France will make a desperate effort to
-reconquer St. Quentin—and will make it soon."
-
-"It is the unexpected which happens," said Geoffrey.
-
-So they talked till the hour grew late and it was time to retire. This
-night they were to occupy the "Guest chamber" in the Governor's lodging.
-
-"To-morrow, then," said the Earl, as he bade them a good-night, "to-
-morrow the tide serves at ten in the morning, and I have ordered a swift
-fly-boat to be ready for you at the quay at that hour. And now good-
-night, good-night!"
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVI
-
- HOME AGAIN
-
-
-It was a dull gloomy day, the first day of "chill October." The envoys
-stood on the deck of the fly-ship as she cleared out of Calais harbour,
-and they watched the fast-receding vista of the old English town, the
-last remnant of the once vast Continental possessions of the Plantagenet
-kings.
-
-The flag of St. George hung loosely on the summit of the lofty tower of
-Notre Dame. The rain had sodden it, and there was little wind to throw
-out its heavy folds.
-
-There was much cause why Geoffrey, William and Ralph should rejoice and
-be glad. Their mission was drawing to an end, and all things had gone
-happily. They had passed through many dangers, and a Divine Providence
-had surely watched over them. Soon they would be in London, and a
-rapturous welcome awaited them at Gray's Inn!
-
-Yet these were three patriotic young Englishmen, and an indefinable
-oppression weighed down their spirits as they caught their last view of
-the flag of St. George floating over Calais. A prophetic intimation of
-evil oppressed their hearts.
-
-They had lately been brought into close contact with the gallant
-soldiers of France; they had fought against Montmorency and Coligni;
-they could appreciate the desperate valour of a Guise!
-
-How would the worn-out and meagre garrison of Calais, defending its
-crumbling walls, withstand the onslaught of such men?
-
-"Oh, brother," said Geoffrey, as he laid his hand on William's shoulder,
-"I fear for Calais!"
-
-"And I also," said William.
-
-"And I," said Ralph, and the hearts of the young men were heavy within
-them.
-
-But presently the sun broke through a bank of clouds, and lo! there,
-right in front of them, were the white cliffs of dear old England.
-
-"Heaviness may endure for a night, but joy cometh in the morning."
-
-"God save England!" cried Geoffrey, and they flung up their caps with
-joy.
-
-Soon they were in Dover, and as the evening came on they were galloping
-on three stout horses into Canterbury. They made no stay in the grand
-old cathedral city, but rode quickly through it.
-
-At Rochester, where the grim old castle built by William de Corbeuil
-frowned upon them, they halted to refresh themselves and their horses.
-
-On through the night for London!
-
-They were crossing Blackheath at a gentle canter when a slight
-interruption to their progress occurred. It was a moonless night, but
-the stars were shining brightly. A small band of horsemen barred their
-road, and a rough voice called out "Halt!"
-
-"Certainly," cried Geoffrey merrily, as he reined up his horse, and his
-sword rattled as he drew it from its steel scabbard, a proceeding
-instantly imitated by his companions. "What is your pleasure,
-gentlemen?" he cried. "A merry passage of arms on the Queen's highway?
-By all means; you do us much honour!"
-
-But the night rufflers had seen and heard enough, and in a moment they
-were disappearing in the darkness. Perhaps they had thought to encounter
-three harmless travellers; they had no mind to display their valour
-against three soldiers of the English contingent!
-
-With a loud laugh the travellers galloped on.
-
-Soon they were threading their way carefully through the narrow streets
-of the suburbs of London, and they headed straight for Gray's Inn. They
-would have gone direct to Lambeth, where the Archbishop was in
-residence, but the hour was unseemly—the night was not yet past.
-
-So they rode to Gray's Inn, where they aroused the watchmen at the
-stables, and, like good soldiers, saw to the needs of their horses ere
-they cared for themselves. The day was dawning as they presented
-themselves at the great door of the Treasurer's lodgings and woke up the
-sleepy night porter, who was slumbering in his cell.
-
-Glad was old Robin to see his young masters, of whom nothing had been
-heard at Gray's Inn for many a day. They were neither hungry nor
-thirsty, for they had supped well at Rochester; yet the porter was able
-to find some wine and bread for the weary travellers.
-
-But their chief need was rest, and they at once sought their way to
-their well-known rooms, which had not been occupied since they left
-them.
-
-They would sleep, they told Robin, for the next three hours, and at
-breakfast time they would present themselves to Sir John and Mistress
-Susan, who might be informed of their arrival when they descended to the
-breakfast room.
-
-"Oh, thank God, to be at home once more!" cried Ralph.
-
-"Yes, let us thank Him together," said Geoffrey gravely, and the three
-young soldiers knelt in silence. Then they sought the much needed rest,
-and were soon in deep sleep.
-
-It was eight o'clock when the sound of the gong aroused the sleepers,
-and, after a hasty preparation, they descended to the breakfast room.
-
-Ah! what a meeting was that.
-
-There stood Sir John, lost in wonder and delight; there was Susan, clad
-in some bewitching morning costume, her long fair hair loosely tied with
-some bright ribbons and falling in masses over her shoulders.
-
-"My boys, my boys," cried Sir John, as he embraced them, kissing them on
-both cheeks, "welcome home!"
-
-Then came Susan's turn, and joy shone in her fair eyes as she kissed
-them all, Geoffrey not being excepted.
-
-It was long ere they could sit down to breakfast, so much had they to
-tell and to ask. Eating and drinking were much too prosaic occupations
-for such a time as that!
-
-But there was an air of gravity on Sir John's face as he presently asked
-the boys what brought them home so suddenly; when last he heard of them
-they were on service at St. Quentin.
-
-Then Geoffrey told briefly the history of their special mission,
-reserving all details for some future occasion.
-
-"And now we must hie to Lambeth," said he, "for our business with the
-Cardinal is urgent."
-
-"You cannot see him until after the hour of ten," replied Sir John,
-"when the service in Lambeth Chapel ends. Until that service is over his
-Eminence receives no man. I will send a messenger to him, informing him
-of your arrival and your business, asking for an early audience."
-
-Sir John adjourned to the library, and the letter was written and
-despatched immediately.
-
-Then the whole party met again in that noble room, and Sir John
-proceeded to tell the envoys of the present position of affairs in
-England.
-
-"The Queen," said he, "is rapidly failing in health, and the Romanist
-party is in grave alarm, especially at Court, where the greatest gloom
-prevails. All eyes turn to the Princess Elizabeth, who is the hope of
-the Reformation party, which is both numerous and strong; already the
-courtiers are flocking to Hatfield, where Elizabeth resides.
-
-"Cardinal Pole, also, is becoming each day feebler in body, and his
-illness is aggravated by the treatment he has received at the hands of
-Pope Paul the Fourth—who has summoned him to Rome to answer to various
-charges brought against him, amongst others the charge of heresy. The
-Pope has revoked his Legation, and has appointed Cardinal Peto as his
-Legate to England.
-
-"The Queen sternly resists these papal measures; she refuses to allow
-Pole to leave the kingdom, and she will not allow Peto to enter it. All
-the ports are watched, and no messengers from Rome are admitted to
-England. Alas! poor Queen," cried Sir John, "deserted by her husband,
-and harassed by the Pope for whom she has done so much, who would not
-pity her?
-
-"The fires of Smithfield, and at a hundred other places, have quenched
-whatsoever love her subjects once had for her. They distrust Philip and
-hate the Spaniards with so mortal a hatred, that no man of that race
-dare appear openly in the streets of London, and they are fleeing from
-England in shoals; our friend Don Diego left last week.
-
-"For Cardinal Pole much popular sympathy exists. His noble birth and
-blameless life plead for him, and the mercy he has shown to many a poor
-prisoner is alleged by the people to be the cause of his present
-disgrace at Rome."
-
-So the discourse went on till Sir John's messenger to Lambeth returned;
-the Cardinal would receive the envoys at once, and forthwith the young
-men rose to obey the summons.
-
- --------------
-
-The clocks were striking ten as the envoys entered the palace of
-Lambeth; they were conducted immediately to the Cardinal's presence.
-
-He was busily writing as they entered the audience chamber. It was
-plainly furnished; there were no luxuries, no ostentation here.
-
-He rose to greet them, and, as he did so, his wan face lit up with a
-kindly smile. They knelt on one knee and kissed the hand he extended to
-them.
-
-"Welcome, my sons," he said; "you come from St. Quentin and Calais, Sir
-John Jefferay tells me, as envoys from the King."
-
-Geoffrey bowed low as he handed their credentials to the Cardinal, among
-them a letter from Philip to his Eminence. This letter Cardinal Pole
-proceeded to read at once.
-
-"I perceive," he said at length, "that his Majesty is greatly concerned
-respecting the condition of Calais, and that he sent ye thither that you
-might report to the Government the true state of things in that town."
-
-Geoffrey then presented to the Cardinal a letter from the Lord
-Wentworth, in which the urgent needs of Calais were set forth for the
-Government's information. Pole read this carefully.
-
-"My sons," he said, "you have been eye-witnesses of the things of which
-this letter treats; now tell me what you have seen; I know that you are
-good men and true, and that you will neither conceal nor exaggerate the
-needs and condition of the town of Calais."
-
-Then Geoffrey proceeded in grave and carefully considered words to give
-their report.
-
-He spoke of the weakness in numbers of the garrison, and of their
-inefficiency through age and decrepitude. He set forth the lack of the
-munitions of war, the antiquity of the artillery and the means of
-defence generally. He described the ruinous condition of the
-fortifications, and especially the state of the moats. And to all this
-William and Ralph testified their assent.
-
-Then the Cardinal questioned them on many points, and the envoys duly
-replied.
-
-"These things must be remedied, and I will see Lord Arundel about them
-to-day," said the Cardinal. "I hear that the English contingent return
-home shortly; it may be possible to induce some of them to re-enlist for
-the defence of Calais under Lord Gray, who knows the town well. At any
-rate, I thank you heartily for your report, and the matter shall be
-taken in hand at once.
-
-"Now tell me, when last did you see King Philip?"
-
-"Four days since, at St. Quentin," replied Geoffrey.
-
-"You must have travelled very quickly," said the Cardinal.
-
-"We did not spare our horses, your Eminence," replied Geoffrey, with a
-smile.
-
-"You are brave young soldiers," said Pole warmly, "and you deserve well
-of your Queen and country.
-
-"I will inform her Majesty of your return to London, and as I know that
-she greatly desires to hear news from St. Quentin, I doubt not but that
-she will send for you. Hold yourselves at liberty to come to Court to-
-night. If the Queen be sufficiently well to receive you I will send you
-a message to that effect.
-
-"And now I bid you 'good-day.' I would fain detain you longer, but
-business of State awaits me, and my time is not my own. Meanwhile you
-can prepare for me a written report of the state and condition of
-Calais."
-
-And so the good Cardinal dismissed them, and they hastened back to
-Gray's Inn.
-
- --------------
-
-The evening was closing in, supper was over, and a happy family party
-was gathered together in the library.
-
-To-morrow many friends would join them, to welcome the return of the
-travellers; there would be Don Renard, Sir Philip Broke, the Lord Mayor,
-and other distinguished guests; but to-night theirs was a joy with which
-"the stranger intermeddleth not": it was a purely family gathering. Much
-they talked of the battle and siege of St. Quentin, much had they to
-tell of Egmont, Horn, Montmorency, and Coligni; but it was the ride
-through the forest and the encounter with the "gueux" which held Susan
-spellbound. Her eyes were fastened on the young warriors with
-irrepressible admiration, and glistened with love as she listened.
-
-Then the interview of the morning was told, and the Cardinal's
-intimation that they might be wanted at Whitehall that night was not
-forgotten.
-
-At this last piece of news Sir John seemed troubled.
-
-"I foresee," he said, "that the Queen or the Cardinal will offer you
-some military promotion and duty which would do you much honour, and
-perhaps delight your hearts. But danger lies that way.
-
-"The Queen's days are numbered—no man doubts it, and soon the Princess
-Elizabeth will be called to the throne. And to stand well with Mary, to
-be actively engaged in her service would be fatal to the statesman,
-soldier or lawyer when the new era dawns upon the world."
-
-Sir John spoke in a low voice, and with extreme gravity.
-
-"Remember also, my boys, that we Jefferays belong to the party of the
-Reformation; that at this very moment your father is an exile by reason
-of his religious opinions. Therefore I counsel you to resume your old
-occupation here, and, for the moment, to lay aside the sword. The time
-will soon come when you may re-consider the matter; I counsel you to
-await that hour with patience."
-
-The young men looked grave also, for it was in their hearts that if the
-Cardinal asked it, they would offer him their swords in defence of
-Calais while there were yet time to save it.
-
-It was at this moment that the old major-domo asked admission to the
-room; he brought them the news that a Queen's messenger stood at the
-door seeking an interview with his young masters.
-
-The summons to Whitehall had arrived, as the envoys told Sir John when
-they had interviewed the messenger.
-
-"Go, my boys, go, but remember my advice," said Sir John, as the family
-gathering came to an end.
-
- --------------
-
-The journey to Whitehall was soon accomplished. The Royal Palace was
-shrouded in gloom; it was but dimly lit up, for it was not a "guest
-night."
-
-Alas! guest nights were rare events now that the Queen lay ill; in fact,
-she had withdrawn herself from almost all public functions.
-
-The Palace was strongly guarded, and ere the young soldiers could gain
-admittance the officer on duty demanded the password.
-
-It had been communicated to them by the messenger, and, strange to say,
-the word for the night was "St. Quentin."
-
-Their business being ascertained, they were immediately conducted to the
-private room occupied by the Cardinal when he was at Whitehall, and soon
-they were ushered into his presence.
-
-He was busily engaged in writing despatches at a side-table lit by wax
-candles, nor did he lay aside his work till the documents were signed
-and sealed; then he turned round and faced his visitors.
-
-He was clad in a plain purple cassock, the only sign of his exalted
-rank. His handsome face was wan and pale. Alas! his health was fast
-failing, as all men knew.
-
-"Welcome, my sons," he said; "the Queen is anxiously awaiting your
-arrival, though the hour grows late; we will go to her at once," and
-rising he led the way to the royal apartments.
-
-Various corridors and chambers were traversed; they were quite empty
-save for the halberdiers who kept guard in the palace.
-
-"Stay here a moment," said the Cardinal in a low voice, as they reached
-a richly furnished ante-chamber, at the end of which rich curtains hung.
-
-Through these the Cardinal passed; a minute later he rejoined the
-envoys, saying—
-
-"Her Majesty will see you, weary as she is in mind and body; follow me."
-
-They entered Queen Mary's boudoir, the two ladies-in-waiting leaving the
-room on the Cardinal's signal.
-
-Mary was reclining on a soft couch; she rose to a sitting posture as she
-saw the young men, and graciously extended her hand, which they kissed
-as they fell on one knee.
-
-She was very pale, and there were marks of acute suffering in her drawn
-and wasted face.
-
-"His Eminence tells me that you are just arrived in London from St.
-Quentin; when did you leave that town?"
-
-"Four days since, may it please your Majesty," answered Geoffrey, now
-standing erect.
-
-"Only four days," murmured the Queen; "how small doth seem the space
-which separates me from my lord the King!"
-
-She sighed deeply; then, recovering herself, she asked—
-
-"How fares his Majesty? did he take part in the siege?"
-
-"The King is in excellent health," replied Geoffrey, "and he took an
-active part in the siege of St. Quentin."
-
-"You saw him there?" inquired Mary.
-
-"Many times, your Majesty; he was the cynosure of all eyes as he rode
-through the flaming streets clad in splendid armour."
-
-"Yes, I know," replied Mary, a wan smile flickering awhile on her
-careworn face; "he would surely be found where duty and danger called
-him.
-
-"Oh, I can call him to mind as he sat on his war-horse, wearing that
-wondrous suit of Milanese armour which becomes him so well. I mind me
-that it was in that suit that Titian painted him; I have a copy of it."
-
-For a moment the Queen mused, then she spoke again.
-
-"Under what circumstances saw you the King in St. Quentin? Methinks he
-would thrust himself somewhat recklessly into danger. Did he charge at
-the head of his troops?—tell me all."
-
-"He was ever found where the fight was hottest," replied Geoffrey, "and
-he was greatly concerned for the fate of the women and children; he had
-them conducted in safety out of the city."
-
-"Oh! gallant Philip," murmured the Queen, as if she spoke to herself,
-and was unconscious that others were present. "Go on, I pray you!" she
-said aloud.
-
-"He was greatly concerned for the safety of the cathedral, and he
-ordered the English contingent to see that it suffered no injury,"
-continued Geoffrey. "While the siege was hotly proceeding he ordered the
-monks of the cathedral to convey the relics of St. Quentin, which lay
-enshrined there, to his own tent outside the town."
-
-The Queen was greatly moved, and she beckoned the Cardinal to her side.
-
-"You hear, father?" she whispered to him. "Sometimes I have thought that
-you misjudged the King, that you did not fully estimate his fervent
-piety, nor know how easily his noble heart was ever open to the cry for
-mercy, how full it was of tenderness and pity!"
-
-Poor Mary, poor infatuated Queen!
-
-Suddenly she put her hand to her side as a spasm of pain seized her.
-
-"Tell Lady Howard to come hither," she said to Pole, "and to bring with
-her my strongest essences."
-
-This being done, the Queen seemed to recover, and she would have made
-further inquiries of the envoys, but the Cardinal intervened.
-
-"Will your Majesty pardon me?" he said; "the hour grows late, and these
-gallant young soldiers can wait on you to-morrow; I fear that your
-Majesty is exerting yourself too much."
-
-Scarcely with these words had the Cardinal persuaded Mary, but he had
-further arguments at command.
-
-"It is the hour for Vespers, your Majesty, and Father Petre awaits us in
-the oratory."
-
-"Yes, you are right," replied the Queen, with sudden willingness; "let
-us offer to Heaven our thanks for this blessed news from St. Quentin,
-ere my strength fail me."
-
-The interview ended as it began; Mary extended her poor wasted hand, and
-the envoys knelt to kiss it.
-
-They never saw Queen Mary again.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVII
-
- THREE CLOSING SCENES
-
- SCENE I
-
-
-It was the last day of the year 1557, and it closed amid storm and
-tempest. The old town of Calais was enshrouded in gloom, the lanterns
-which dimly lit the streets had one by one gone out under the combined
-influence of a howling wind and a heavy rain.
-
-In the citadel alone was there light and active life, for the Lords
-Wentworth and Gray were that night seeing "the old year out and the new
-year in," after the customary English fashion; there was feasting and
-merriment within the old Castle walls and the gay uniforms of the
-officers of the garrison flashed and glittered as they moved about amid
-the Governors guests.
-
-Out in the darkness Captain Lascelles was relieving the guards and
-setting the night watches; his men carried lanterns, which they
-endeavoured to shroud from the blasts of the tempest by the folds of
-their great military cloaks. The men had reached the strong town gate
-which guarded the western approach from Sangatte and Hames. A belated
-English sailor was vainly clamouring for admission.
-
-"Fools," he shouted, "let me in, or you will rue the day. I have a
-matter of life and death to report to your Captain."
-
-Whereat the guards laughed aloud.
-
-But Captain Lascelles arriving at this moment ordered the gate to be
-opened and the man to be brought before him, and this was quickly done.
-
-"And now, my man, tell me your wondrous news," said Captain Lascelles
-incredulously.
-
-"For your ears alone, Captain, I beg of you," replied the sailor, and
-the pair stepped apart. "I come from Sandgate to-night and the place is
-full of armed men, they are occupying all the roads, and when to-morrow
-dawns you will find Calais invested on all sides by a French army."
-
-"Are you sober, my man?" asked the Captain, as he threw the light of a
-lantern on his features.
-
-"Oh, Captain, it is God's truth," said the sailor, "and I can tell you
-even more. I mixed with some of these men, and in the darkness they did
-not discover that I was a foe. They told me that they were the advanced
-corps of a great army under the Dukes of Guise and De Nevers."
-
-Lascelles was convinced, the deep earnestness of the sailor dispelled
-all doubt from his mind. He called his lieutenant to his side, and in a
-few words told him the fateful news.
-
-"Take six of your best scouts, De Warenne," he said, "we must verify the
-truth of this man's statements, though in good sooth I doubt them not.
-Be wary and watchful lest you fall into the hands of the enemy; when you
-return come to me at the Castle, I take this man thither at once."
-
-Then he summoned his sergeant and bade him take immediate steps to
-double the number of guards at all the gates of Calais. Ten minutes
-later he had reached the Castle, and in reply to his urgent message the
-Governor gave him instant audience.
-
-Lord Wentworth heard the Captain's report with utter incredulity.
-
-"We know," he said, "that De Nevers is marching into Luxembourg, and
-Guise is in Picardy; the thing is absurd and impossible. It is now
-nearly midnight, and I will not disturb the peace and happiness of my
-guests, who will soon be leaving the Castle. But, meanwhile, warn the
-whole garrison that daybreak must find them under arms," and therewith
-he rejoined his guests.
-
-The hours of night passed slowly.
-
-Before the dawn of day Lascelles had visited every outpost and the forts
-of Froyton and Neslé.
-
-De Warenne had not returned, but at many of the gates the country people
-were assembling in frightened groups, begging for admission into the
-town. Their report was in every case the same—Guisnes, Sangatte, and
-Hames were beset by a host of armed men.
-
-"De Warenne and his men have fallen into the hands of the foe, and this
-is the beginning of woe and disaster," said Captain Lascelles to
-himself, as the first streaks of day appeared in the sky and the drums
-of the garrison broke into furious uproar calling all men, and even all
-citizens, to arms.
-
-It was the first day of January 1558. Ah, what a "New Year's Day" was
-that for England!
-
-All around Calais lay a great host of Frenchmen, and the banners of
-Guise and De Nevers revealed the fact that the young Duc, the hope of
-France, was there in person, eager to wipe out the disgrace of St.
-Quentin. Everywhere the French were throwing up batteries and bringing
-up their artillery, their first point of attack being the forts of
-Froyton and Neslé.
-
-Then the guns of the citadel opened fire, and few and feeble as they
-were their deep roar filled the air and shook the old houses of the town
-to their foundations.
-
-Wentworth and Gray were everywhere, haranguing, cheering, and
-encouraging their men. Gray was a famous engineer and, with his own
-hands, he aimed and fired the best guns the citadel possessed, doing
-evident execution upon the batteries in course of construction by the
-foe.
-
-Thus an hour flew by, it was broad daylight now and the rain and storm
-of the preceding night had ceased. Suddenly the French batteries began
-to play upon the fortresses on the city walls, and the uproar of war was
-increased tenfold.
-
-It was at once perceived by the garrison that Guise possessed very
-powerful battering-trains, for which their poor artillery was no match.
-And though Lord Gray had brought a reinforcement of two hundred men to
-the garrison of Calais, no artillery had been sent by the Government.
-
-So the unequal duel went on throughout the day, with a roar so deafening
-that it was heard both at Antwerp and at Dover. The very heavens seemed
-to be fighting against England, for there, at Dover, was a great train
-of artillery waiting for transit to Calais. But the winds were fiercely
-contrary, and not an English vessel could put to sea.
-
-The darkness of night did not stay the conflict, for the French
-artillerymen had got their "mark and distance," and the fierce cannonade
-never ceased.
-
-At daybreak on January 2nd, the Duke of Guise stormed the forts of
-Froyton and Neslé in overwhelming force and carried them. On the next
-day Newhaven Bridge and Risbank surrendered, and henceforth all the
-strength of Guise's thirty-five great guns was directed upon the town
-and the castle. There was no rest, day or night, for the besieged
-garrison, each hour brought their inevitable destruction nearer.
-
-It was on the fifth day that a great breach in the citadel was effected,
-and then came the final struggle in which Captain Lascelles fell at the
-head of his troops; the victorious foe overwhelmed the defenders in
-irresistible force and the French flag was planted on the walls of the
-citadel!
-
-The Castle of Guisnes still held out under Lord Gray, but on the eighth
-day of the siege it was captured, and with it went Hames.
-
-Lords Gray and Wentworth were taken prisoners and were held to ransom.
-
-Thus fell Calais after two hundred and ten years occupation by the
-English, and thus England lost the last rood of its once vast
-Continental possessions.
-
-Few of the garrison survived the siege, the tremendous cannonade slew
-most of them, and when the town and citadel were stormed by the French
-every foot of ground was fiercely contested until the streets of the
-town and the ramparts of the Castle were choked with the dead and dying.
-It is stated that only fifty prisoners were made.
-
-For a day and a night Calais was the prey of the ruthless soldiery,
-neither age nor sex was spared.
-
-The town possessed little wealth; twenty-four hours sufficed for the
-seizure of all that it had to yield.
-
-On January 10 the Dukes of Guise and De Nevers entered the town in all
-the panoply of war, and thenceforth all disorder ceased and the French
-began to repair the shattered walls with desperate haste.
-
-Five days later King Henry the Second visited his latest conquest, and
-the French army was delirious with joy and enthusiasm.
-
-The flag of France floated majestically from the grey towers of the
-Castle, never to be replaced by the flag of St. George.
-
-
- SCENE II
-
-On November 17, 1558, Queen Mary died. Philip came not to England; by
-the hand of the Count de Feria he sent a message and a ring to his dying
-wife.
-
-A truer friend to the hapless Queen than Philip lay dying at Lambeth—
-Cardinal Reginald Pole.
-
-Within the period of the dawn and sunset of the same day Mary and her
-noble kinsman died, and the courtiers passed in crowds from Whitehall to
-Hatfield.
-
-A new era was dawning for England—"the night was departing, the day was
-at hand!"
-
-How the bells of the many churches in London clanged with joyous notes
-as Queen Elizabeth entered her capital!
-
-The youth of the nation, all that was noblest, best and greatest
-thronged her passage as she wended her way through the gay streets. All
-that pageantry could devise, all that devoted loyalty could prompt,
-greeted the brilliant young Queen as she passed to the royal apartments
-of the Tower to await her coronation.
-
-The first act of Queen Elizabeth was to release all religious prisoners,
-and forthwith multitudes of refugees returned from the Continent. Among
-these were William Jefferay and the Vicar of Chiddingly, and there was
-joy at Gray's Inn.
-
-There was another reason for rejoicing among the family of the
-Jefferays. This very year of 1558, by a short Act, Parliament restored
-Geoffrey de Fynes "in blood and honours," and he took his seat in the
-House of Peers as Baron Dacres.
-
-Yet another reason for joy arose when the young Queen promoted the
-Treasurer of Gray's Inn to the Bench of Judges and Sir John was created
-Baron Jefferay.
-
-And when it pleased Elizabeth to call William and Ralph to Court, and to
-make them "Gentlemen of the Queen's Guard," their happiness was
-complete.
-
-
- SCENE III, AND LAST
-
- _Chiddingly once more_
-
-The spring has come, it is the month of April in the year of grace 1559.
-
-The Manor House at Chiddingly is thronged with guests from all parts of
-Sussex, and the little village is gay with floral arches and flags.
-
-The bells of the church have been ringing at intervals all this lovely
-spring day, and the villagers are assembling in such numbers that the
-sacred building cannot contain them.
-
-Would you know the reason of the happiness which beams on the face of
-every man, woman and child in Chiddingly?
-
-Here is your answer.
-
-Forth from the Manor House comes a noble company, they are walking to
-the church in long procession. There are Pelhams, Nevills, Howards, De
-Fynes, and many another great Sussex family represented there. And there
-comes the bridegroom, for this is a wedding. Ah! we know him, the brave
-young soldier who has proved his courage on the tented field, and by his
-side walk William and Ralph, his brothers-in-arms. It is Geoffrey de
-Fynes, now Baron Dacres of Herstmonceux.
-
-And presently the great dames of the noble families here represented
-come forth, and among them we espy one whom we know full well. It is
-Susan!
-
-Oh, how sweet she looks in her bridal attire, and how supremely happy,
-as she takes the arm of her father and walks forward to the church!
-
-They enter it and there, awaiting them at the altar, stands the good
-Vicar of Chiddingly, looking little the worse for his year's banishment
-from his parish. Then the young couple stand together before him, and
-the solemn service proceeds which is to make them man and wife.
-
-It is over, the bells "gush out in merry tune," the rustics make the
-welkin ring with their shouts, and the noble couple retrace their steps
-to the Manor House, the bride leaning upon the bridegroom's arm.
-
-"_O, ter felices ambo!_"
-
-There we leave you, possessed of all the happiness that earth has to
-bestow.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- EPILOGUE
-
-In Chelsea old parish church there may be seen an altar-tomb of such
-marked beauty that Dean Stanley once declared that Westminster Abbey
-contained only three finer. It is dedicated to the memory of Geoffrey,
-Lord Dacre and his wife.
-
-On the west side is the following inscription—
-
- "Quos ardens amor juvenilibus annis
- Abstulit atra dies—mors inopina rapit.
- Ille prior fatis Dacrorum nobile germen
- Occidit, in morbum ast incidit ilia prius
- Quæ languescendo miseræ prætædia vitæ
- Sensit, tam dulci conjuge cassa suo,
- Ut teneri cordis concordia junxerat ambos
- Sic idem amborum contegit ossa locus.
- Quos jungit tumulus conjungant cœlica tecta
- Ut tensant coelum qui tenuere fidem.
- Nobilis iste Vir Nobilis iste Mulier
- Obiit Sept. 25, 1594 Obiit Maii 14, 1595."
-
-The following is a free translation—
-
- "Those whom in youth love joined, death's day of gloom
- With little warning sank into the tomb;
- He, Dacre's seed, first yielded to the blow,
- She lingered on in weariness and woe;
- Their hearts responsive beat till life's calm close,
- Together here the bones of each repose,
- United by one grave,—in faith they lie,
- One blissful meed awaits them in the sky."
-
-In Chiddingly Church there exists a noble monument to the memory of Sir
-John Jefferay, Lord Chief Baron of the Exchequer.
-
-He died full of years and honours in the year 1578.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- PUBLICATIONS
-
- OF
-
- _The Society for Promoting
-
- Christian Knowledge._
-
- ——:o:——
-
- By GERTRUDE HOLLIS.
-
- =Illustrated. Crown 8vo. Cloth Boards.=
-
- A SCHOLAR OF LINDISFARNE. A Tale of the Time of St. Aidan. 2_s._
-
- BETWEEN TWO CRUSADES. A Tale of 1187. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- DOLPHIN OF THE SEPULCHRE. A Tale of the Times of Becket. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- HIS OWN INTERPRETER. 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- HUGH THE MESSENGER. A Tale of the Siege of Calais. 2_s._
-
- IN A ROYAL NURSERY. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- IN THE DAYS OF S. ANSELM. 2_s._
-
- JEM FORSTER'S REVENGE. 1_s._
-
- JENKYN CLYFFE, BEDESMAN. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- LEO OF MEDIOLANUM. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- PHILIP OKEOVER'S PAGEHOOD. A Story of the Peasants' Rising. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- SPURS AND BRIDE: How they were Won. A Tale of Magna Charta. 2_s._
-
- THE KING WHO WAS NEVER CROWNED. 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE LOST EXILE. A Tale of Siberia. 2_s._
-
- THE PALACE FOOTBOY. A Tale of Bishop Ken. 2_s._
-
- THE SON OF ÆLLA. A Story of the Conversion of Northumbria. 1_s._ 6_d._
-
-
-
-
- MRS. EWING'S WORKS.
-
- JACKANAPES, DADDY DARWIN'S DOVECOTE AND THE STORY OF A SHORT LIFE. A
- new edition—in one volume—with eight full-page coloured
- Illustrations by H. M. Brock, R.I. Crown 8vo, cloth boards, 2_s._
- 6_d._ net.
-
- SNAPDRAGONS, AND OLD FATHER CHRISTMAS. Illustrated by Gordon Browne.
- Small 4to, paper boards, 1_s._ net.
-
- THE PEACE EGG, AND A CHRISTMAS MUMMING PLAY. Illustrated by Gordon
- Browne. Small 4to, paper boards, 1_s._ net.
-
- MARY'S MEADOW, AND LETTERS FROM A LITTLE GARDEN. Illustrated by Gordon
- Browne. Small 4to, paper boards, 1_s._ net.
-
- LOB LIE-BY-THE-FIRE OR, THE LUCK OF LINGBOROUGH. Illustrated by the
- late R. Caldecott. Small 4to, paper boards, 1_s._ net.
-
- STORY OF A SHORT LIFE, THE. Illustrated by Gordon Browne. Small 4to,
- paper boards, 1_s._ net.
-
- DADDY DARWIN'S DOVECOTE. A Country Tale. Illustrated by the late R.
- Caldecott. Small 4to, paper boards, 1_s._ net.
-
- DANDELION CLOCKS, AND OTHER TALES. Illustrated by Gordon Browne, and
- other artists. Small 4to, paper boards, 1_s._ net.
-
- JACKANAPES. With seventeen Illustrations by the late Randolph
- Caldecott. Small 4to, paper boards, 1_s._ net.
-
- BROTHERS OF PITY, AND OTHER TALES OF BEASTS AND MEN. Crown 8vo, with
- numerous Illustrations, cloth boards, 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- OLD-FASHIONED FAIRY TALES. Fcap 4to, with numerous woodcuts, ornamental
- paper boards, 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- LIBRARY EDITION OF "JACKANAPES," "DADDY DARWIN'S DOVECOTE," AND "LOB
- LIE-BY-THE-FIRE." In one volume. Small 4to, cloth boards, 2_s._
- 6_d._ net.
-
-
-
-
- =By the late=
-
- REV. J. M. NEALE. D.D.
-
- Crown 8vo, Illustrated. Cloth Boards.
-
- AGNES DE TRACY. A Tale of the Times of S. Thomas of Canterbury. 1_s._
- 6_d._
-
- DEEDS OF FAITH. Stories for Children from Church History. 1_s._
-
- DUCHENIER; or, The Revolt of La Vendee. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- EVENINGS AT SACKVILLE COLLEGE. Legends for Children. 1_s._
-
- HERBERT TRESHAM. A Tale of the Great Rebellion. 1_s._
-
- LENT LEGENDS. Stories for Children from Church History. 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- SHEPPERTON MANOR. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- STORIES FROM HEATHEN MYTHOLOGY AND GREEK HISTORY. For the use of
- Christian Children. 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- STORIES OF THE CRUSADES: I. De Hellingley II. The Crusade of St. Louis.
- 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- TALES ILLUSTRATIVE OF THE APOSTLES' CREED. 2_s._
-
- TALES OF CHRISTIAN ENDURANCE. 1_s._
-
- TALES OF CHRISTIAN HEROISM. 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- THEODORA PHRANZA; or, The Fall of Constantinople. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE EGYPTIAN WANDERERS. A Story of the Great Tenth Persecution. 2_s._
-
- THE FARM OF APTONGA. A Story for Children of the Times of S. Cyprian.
- 2_s._
-
- THE FOLLOWERS OF THE LORD. Stories for Children from Church History.
- 1_s._
-
- VICTORIES OF THE SAINTS. 1_s._ 6_d._
-
-
-
-
- By FREDERICK HARRISON, M.A.
-
- =Large Crown 8vo. Illustrated. Cloth Boards.=
-
- BY PLUCK AND LUCK. A Story of Adventure. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- DE MONTFORT'S SQUIRE. A Story of the Battle of Lewes. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- "ENGLAND EXPECTS." A Story of the Last Days of Nelson. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- "1779." A Story of Old Shoreham. 5_s._
-
- FROM PLAYGROUND TO BATTLEFIELD. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- RUPERT DUDLEIGH. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE BOYS OF SPARTAN HOUSE SCHOOL. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- WITHIN A YEAR. A Story of the Siege of Acre. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- --------------
-
- By EDITH COWPER.
-
- =Illustrated. Cloth Boards.=
-
- ANDREW GARNETT'S WILL. 2_s._
-
- BESSIE. 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- CALDER CREEK. A Story of Smuggling. 2_s._
-
- LADY FABIA. A Story of Adventure on the South Coast in 1805. 2_s._
-
- LEO LOUSADA, GENTLEMAN ADVENTURER. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- MISADVENTURE OF I. M. P., THE. A Story for Little Girls. 6_d._
-
- RED, WHITE, AND BLUE; or, Dick's Enemy. 6_d._
-
- THEKLA JANSEN. The Story of a Lonely Girl. 6_d._
-
- THE "BROWN BIRD," AND HER OWNERS. A Story of Adventure off the South
- Coast. 2_s._
-
- THE CAPTAIN OF THE WATERGUARD. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE DISAPPEARANCE OF DAVID PENDARVE. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE HOUSE WITH DRAGON GATES. A Story of Old Chiswick in 1745. 2_s._
- 6_d._
-
- THE INVADERS OF FAIRFORD. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE ISLAND OF RUSHES. The Strange Story of a Holiday Mystery. 2_s._
- 6_d._
-
- THE MOONRAKERS. A Story of Smugglers. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE WITCHES OF WESTOVER COMBE. 2_s._
-
- TWO GIRLS AND A SECRET. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
-
-
-
- By EMILY PEARSON FINNEMORE.
-
- =Crown 8vo. Illustrated. Cloth Boards.=
-
- DAHLIA PEPLOE'S REAPING. 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- JOHN DOBBY'S BETTER NATURE. 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- MARY LOUISA QUAYNE. A Belated Love Story. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- MEG'S FORTUNE. 2_s._
-
- MRS. GROOM'S LEGACY. 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- SEPTIMA. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE MARK OF CAIN. 2_s._
-
- THE ORDEAL OF SUSANNAH VANTHAM. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE POSTWOMAN. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- UNCLE ISAAC'S MONEY. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
-
-
-
- By W. H. G. KINGSTON.
-
- =Crown 8vo. Illustrated. Cloth Boards.=
-
- MICHAEL PENGUYNE. 1_s._
-
- NED GARTH; or, Made Prisoner in Africa. A Tale of the Slave Trade.
- 2_s._
-
- OWEN HARTLEY; or, Ups and Downs. 2_s._
-
- SUNSHINE BILL. 1_s._
-
- THE CRUISE OF THE "DAINTY." 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE FRONTIER FORT; or, Stirring Times in the North-West Territory of
- British America. 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE GILPINS AND THEIR FORTUNES. A Tale of Australia. 1_s._
-
- THE LOG HOUSE BY THE LAKE. A Tale of Canada. 1_s._
-
- THE MATE OF THE "LILY." 1_s._
-
- THE SETTLERS. A Tale of Virginia. 2_s._
-
- THE TWO SHIPMATES. 1_s._
-
- THE TWO WHALERS. 1_s._
-
-
-
-
- By W. C. METCALFE.
-
- =Large Crown 8vo. With Coloured Illustrations. Cloth Boards.=
-
- BLOWN OUT TO SEA. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- DICK TRAWLE, SECOND MATE. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- FRANK AND FEARLESS; or, Adventures amongst Cannibals. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- GRIT AND PLUCK; or, The Young Commander. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- ICE-GRIPPED; or, The Tomboy of Boston. 2_s._
-
- OCEAN CHUMS. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE MYSTERY OF THE "ALBATROSS." 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- YOUNG SALTS. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
-
-
-
- By G. MANVILLE FENN.
-
- =Illustrated. Cloth Boards, 5_s_. each.=
-
- NEPHEW JACK. His Cruise for his Uncle's Craze.
-
- THE OCEAN CAT'S-PAW. The Story of a Strange Cruise.
-
- CHING, THE CHINAMAN, AND HIS MIDDY FRIENDS.
-
- JACK AT SEA.
-
- NED LEGER: The Adventures of a Middy.
-
- PLANTER JACK; or, The Cinnamon Garden.
-
- THE PERIL FINDERS.
-
- THE SILVER SALVORS; or, Treasure Found and Lost.
-
- THE VAST ABYSS. Being the Story of Tom Blount, his Uncles, and his
- Cousin Sam.
-
- UNCLE BART. The Tale of a Tyrant.
-
-
- =New Editions. Cloth Boards, 3_s_. 6_d_. each.=
-
- GIL, THE GUNNER; or, The Youngest Officer in the East.
-
- MASS' GEORGE; or, A Boy's Adventures in the Old Savannahs.
-
- SAIL HO!; or, A Boy at Sea.
-
- TO THE WEST.
-
-
-
-
- By F. FRANKFORT MOORE.
-
- =Crown 8vo. Illustrated. Cloth Boards.=
-
- CORAL AND COCOANUT. The Cruise of the Yacht "Firefly" to Samoa. 2_s._
- 6_d._
-
- FIREFLIES AND MOSQUITOES. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- FROM THE BUSH TO THE BREAKERS. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE FATE OF THE "BLACK SWAN." A Tale of New Guinea. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE "GREAT ORION." 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE TWO CLIPPERS. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- TRE, POL AND PEN. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- WILL'S VOYAGES. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
-
-
-
- By B. MARCHANT.
-
- =Crown 8vo. Illustrated. Cloth Boards.=
-
- A BRAVE LITTLE COUSIN. 2_s._
-
- ATHABASCA BILL. A Tale of the Far West. 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- DARLING OF SANDY POINT. 2_s._
-
- HIS GREAT SURRENDER. 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- REDWOOD RANCH. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- ROLF THE REBEL. 2_s._
-
- THE DEPUTY BOSS. A Tale of British Honduras. 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE GHOST OF ROCK GRANGE. 1_s._
-
- THE HOUSE AT BRAMBLING MINSTER. 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE MYSTERIOUS CITY. 2_s._
-
- THE WESTERN SCOUT. 2_s._
-
- YEW TREE FARM. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
-
-
-
- By MRS. HENRY CLARKE, M.A.
-
- =Crown 8vo. Illustrated. Cloth Boards.=
-
- A VILLAGE TYRANT. 1_s._
-
- HONOR PENTREATH. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- JAMES GODFREY'S WIFE. 3_s._
-
- JENNIFER'S FORTUNE. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- MATTHEW PARKYN. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- REUBEN THORNE'S TEMPTATION. 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- ROSCORIA FARM. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE COPLESTONE COUSINS. 2_s._
-
-
-
-
- By HARRY COLLINGWOOD.
-
- =Crown 8vo. Illustrated. Cloth Boards=
-
- DICK LESLIE'S LUCK. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- JACK BERESFORD'S YARN. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE CRUISE OF THE "ESMERALDA." 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE HOMEWARD VOYAGE. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE PIRATE SLAVER. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
- GEOFFREY HARRINGTON'S ADVENTURES. With coloured Illustrations. 5_s._
-
-
-
-
- By AUSTIN CLARE.
-
- A LOCAL LION. The Story of a False Estimate. 3_s._
-
- ANOTHER MAN'S BURDEN. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- ANOTHER PAIR OF SHOES. A Northumbrian Story. 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- BY LANTERN LIGHT. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- OUT OF THE NET or, The Change in Robert Holt. 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- STANDARD BEARERS. A Story of Church Defence. 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE CARVED CARTOON. 2_s._ 6_d._
-
- THE ROYAL BANNER. A Tale of Life before and after Confirmation. 2_s._
-
- TWO WAYS OF LOOKING AT IT. 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- UNDER THE DOG STAR. A Tale of the Borders. 3_s._ 6_d._
-
-
-
-
- THE ROMANCE OF SCIENCE.
-
- _Post 8vo, with numerous Illustrations, cloth boards._
-
- =CHEMICAL RESEARCH IN ITS BEARINGS ON NATIONAL WELFARE.= 1_s._ 6_d._
- net.
-
- =COAL, AND WHAT WE GET FROM IT.= By Professor R. MELDOLA, F.R.S.,
- F.I.C. 2_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =COLOUR MEASUREMENT AND MIXTURE.= By Sir W. DE W. ABNEY, K.C.B., R.E.,
- F.R.S. 2_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =DISEASES OF PLANTS.= By Professor MARSHALL WARD. 2_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =OUR SECRET FRIENDS AND FOES.= By PERCY FARADAY FRANKLAND, Ph.D.,
- F.R.S. Fourth Edition. 3_s._ net.
-
- =RADIUM AND RADIO-ACTIVITY.= By A. T. CAMERON, M.A., B.Sc. 2_s._ 6_d._
- net.
-
- =SOAP-BUBBLES, AND THE FORCES WHICH MOULD THEM.= By C. V. BOYS,
- A.R.S.M., F.R.S. 2_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =SOUNDING THE OCEAN OF AIR.= Lectures by A. LAWRENCE ROTCH, S.B., A.M.
- 2_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =SPINNING-TOPS.= By Professor J. PERRY, M.E., F.R.S. 2_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =TIME AND TIDE: A Romance of the Moon.= By Sir ROBERT S. BALL, Fourth
- Edition, revised. 2_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =THE MACHINERY OF THE UNIVERSE. Mechanical Conceptions of Physical
- Phenomena.= By Professor A. E. DOLBEAR, A.B., A.M., M.E., Ph.D.
- 2_s._ net.
-
- =THE STORY OF A TINDER-BOX.= By the late C. MEYMOTT TIDY, M.B., M.S.
- 2_s._ net.
-
- =THE BIRTH AND GROWTH OF WORLDS.= A Lecture by the late Professor A. H.
- GREEN, M.A., F.R.S. 1_s._ net.
-
- =THE NEW STATE OF MATTER.= By Professor H. PELLAT, Translated by EDMUND
- MCCLURE, M.A. 1_s._ net.
-
- =THE PRESSURE OF LIGHT.= By J. H. POYNTING, Sc.D., F.R.S. 2_s._ net.
-
- =THE SPLASH OF A DROP.= By Professor A. M. WORTHINGTON, M.A., F.R.S.
- 1_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =TURBINES.= By Engineer-Com. A. E. TOMPKINS, R.N. 3_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
-
-
-
- NATURAL HISTORY.
-
- =ANIMAL KINGDOM, THE.= Illustrated in twenty-seven coloured plates
- containing several hundreds of species. The letterpress by Dr.
- ZWANZIGER, of Fuerth, translated from the original German text by
- GERARD K. GUDE, F.Z.S. Large 4to, half cloth, 8_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =BIRDS (AMONG THE).= By FLORENCE ANNA FULCHER. Crown 8vo., cloth
- boards, 2_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =BIRDS (A CHAPTER ON). Rare British Visitors.= By R. BOWDLER SHARPE,
- LL.D., F.L.S. With 18 beautifully coloured Plates. Crown 8vo, cloth
- boards, 3_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =BIRDS (BRITISH) IN THEIR HAUNTS.= Being a Popular Account of the Birds
- which have been observed in the British Isles, their Haunts and
- Habits, their systematic, common, and provincial Names. By the late
- Rev. C. A. JOHNS. With 16 coloured Plates and numerous Woodcuts.
- Post 8vo, cloth boards, 5_s._ net.
-
- =BIRDS (SKETCH BOOK OF BRITISH).= By R. BOWDLER SHARPE, LL.D., F.L.S.
- With coloured Illustrations by A. F. and C. LYDON. Crown 4to, cloth
- boards, 10_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =BIRDS' EGGS (BRITISH).= Described and Illustrated with 20 coloured
- Plates, by A. F. LYDON. 4to, cloth boards, 5_s._ net.
-
- =BOTANY.= By the late Professor R. BENTLEY. Revised by G. S. BOULGER,
- F.L.S., F.G.S. Illustrated. Fcap. 8vo, cloth, 1_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =BUTTERFLIES AND MOTHS. In Romance and Reality.= By W. F. KIRBY,
- F.L.S., F.E.S. With 28 coloured Plates and other Illustrations.
- Small 4to, cloth 5_s._ net.
-
- =EDIBLE AND POISONOUS MUSHROOMS: What to eat and what to avoid.= By M.
- C. COOKE, M.A., LL.D. With 18 coloured Plates of 48 species. Crown
- 8vo, cloth boards, 2_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =FERN PORTFOLIO (THE).= By FRANCIS G. HEATH. With 15 Plates,
- elaborately drawn, life-size, exquisitely coloured from Nature.
- Cloth boards, 6_s._ net.
-
- =FLOWERS IN THEIR NATURAL COLOURS AND FORM (BRITISH WILD).= Text by the
- Rev. Professor HENSLOW, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S. With over 200 coloured
- Illustrations drawn from, and of the size of, the natural plant.
- Large crown 8vo, cloth boards, 8_s._ net.
-
- =FLOWERS OF THE FIELD.= By the late Rev. C. A. JOHNS, B.A., F.L.S.
- (33rd Edition). Revised by Professor G. S. BOULGER, F.L.S., F.G.S.
- With Portrait and Memoir of Author. With numerous Woodcuts, also 64
- coloured Plates by GRACE LAYTON. Large crown 8vo, cloth boards,
- 6_s._ net.
-
- =FOREST TREES OF BRITAIN (THE).= By the late Rev. C. A. JOHNS, B.A.,
- F.L.S. Post 8vo. With 16 Plates taken direct from Nature by
- Photography, giving the Natural Colours, and 150 Woodcuts, cloth
- boards, 6_s._ net.
-
- =OUR NATIVE SONGSTERS.= By the author of "Wild Flowers." With 72
- coloured Plates, 16mo, cloth boards, 3_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =POISONOUS PLANTS IN FIELD AND GARDEN.= By the Rev. Professor HENSLOW,
- M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S. With numerous Illustrations. Small post 8vo,
- cloth boards, 2_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =ROMANCE OF LOW LIFE AMONGST PLANTS: Facts and Phenomena of Cryptogamic
- Vegetation.= By M. C. COOKE, M.A., LL.D. Post 8vo, cloth boards,
- 2_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =ROMANCE OF THE SEA (THE).= ITS FICTIONS, FACTS, AND FOLKLORE. By FRED
- WHYMPER. Crown 8vo, cloth boards, 2_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =SELBORNE (THE NATURAL HISTORY OF).= By the late Rev. GILBERT WHITE,
- M.A. Arranged for Young Persons. With Map and numerous Woodcuts.
- Post 8vo, cloth boards, 2_s._ net.
-
- =WHERE TO FIND FERNS.= By FRANCIS G. HEATH. With numerous Woodcuts.
- Fcap. 8vo, cloth, 1_s._ net.
-
-
-
-
- UNIFORM LIBRARY EDITION OF MRS. EWING'S WORKS.
-
-_Crown 8vo, half cloth, 1s. 4d. each, net; or complete in a case, 25s.
-net._
-
- Vol. I. contains—"Melchior's Dream," "The Blackbird's Nest," "A Bit of
- Green," "Friedrich's Ballad," etc.
-
- Vol. II. contains—"Mrs. Overtheway's Remembrances," "Ida," "Mrs. Moss,"
- "The Snoring Ghost," etc.
-
- Vol. III. contains—"Old-fashioned Fairy Tales."
-
- Vol. IV. contains—"A Flat Iron for a Farthing."
-
- Vol. V. contains—"The Brownies," "The Land of Lost Toys," "Three
- Christmas Trees," "An Idyll of the Wood," etc.
-
- Vol. VI. contains—"Six to Sixteen." A Story for Girls.
-
- Vol. VII. contains—"Lob Lie-by-the-Fire," and other Tales, "Timothy's
- Shoes," "Benjy in Beastland," "So-So," etc.
-
- Vol. VIII. contains—"Jan of the Windmill."
-
- Vol. IX. contains—Verses for Children, Songs for Music, and Hymns. With
- numerous Illustrations.
-
- Vol. X. contains—"The Peace Egg," "A Christmas Mumming Play,"
- "Snapdragons," "Old Father Christmas," etc.
-
- Vol. XI. contains—"A Great Emergency," and other Tales, "A very Ill-
- tempered Family," "Our Field," "Madam Liberality."
-
- Vol. XII. contains—"Brothers of Pity," and other Tales of Beasts and
- Men, "Father Hedge-hog and his Neighbours," "Toots and Boots," "The
- Hens of Hencastle," etc.
-
- Vol. XIII. contains—"We and the World," Part I.
-
- Vol. XIV. contains—"We and the World," Part II.
-
- Vol. XV. contains—"Jackanapes," "Daddy Darwin's Dovecote," "The Story
- of a Short Life."
-
- Vol. XVI. contains—"Mary's Meadow," and other Tales of Fields and
- Flowers.
-
- Vol. XVII. contains—Miscellanea, including "The Mystery of the Bloody
- Hand," "Wonder Stories," "Tales of the Khoja," etc.
-
- Vol. XVIII. contains—"Juliana Horatia Ewing and her Books," with a
- Selection from Mrs. Ewing's Letters.
-
-
-
-
- ILLUSTRATED
- BOOKS FOR CHILDREN.
-
- =SOME WONDERFUL THINGS IN THE CATECHISM.= By EDWARD W. OSBORNE, D.D.,
- Bishop of Springfield, U.S.A. Cloth boards, 1_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =OUR WONDERFUL FAITH.= Paper for Children on the Apostles' Creed. By
- EDWARD W. OSBORNE, D.D. Cloth bds., 1_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =OUR WONDERFUL CHURCH.= A Book for Children. By GERTRUDE HOLLIS. Cloth
- boards, 1_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =OUR WONDERFUL PRAYER-BOOK.= By GERTRUDE HOLLIS, 4to, cloth boards,
- 1_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =CHURCH FASTS AND FESTIVALS.= Short Papers for Young Children, by the
- Right Rev. E. OSBORNE, MAUD CAREW, &c. Small 4to, cloth, 2_s._ net.
-
- =PICTORIAL CHURCH TEACHING.= Papers for Young Children, by the Right
- Rev. E. OSBORNE, E. M. BLUNT, MAUD CAREW, &c. Small 4to, cloth
- boards, 1_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =THE LAND WHERE JESUS LIVED.= By GERTRUDE HOLLIS, 4to, cloth boards,
- 1_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =HOW THE KING OF GLORY CAME.= By MAY COCHRANE. Small 4to, cloth boards,
- 1_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =GENTLE JESUS.= A Book for His little Children. By GERTRUDE HOLLIS.
- 4to, cloth boards, 2_s._ net.
-
- =HYMNS FOR LITTLE CHILDREN.= By Mrs. ALEXANDER. Small 4to, paper
- boards, 1_s._
-
- =THE CHILDREN'S PICTURE BIBLE.= By Mrs. C. D. FRANCIS. Twenty-four
- coloured Plates and numerous Illustrations in black and white. Fcap
- 4to, cloth boards, 4_s._ net, or in two volumes, 2_s._ 6_d._ each
- net.
-
- =BIBLE PICTURE BOOKS. The Old Testament Story. The Gospel Story.= Two
- volumes, each containing sixteen large coloured Pictures, and black
- and white Illustrations. Demy 4to Pictorial paper boards, each
- 1_s._ Cloth boards, 1_s._ 6_d._ In one volume, cloth boards, 2_s._
- 6_d._
-
- =THE SCRIPTURE PICTURE BOOK. Old Testament.=
-
- =THE GOSPEL PICTURE BOOK.= Small 4to, cloth, each 1_s._ In one volume,
- cloth boards, gilt edges, 2_s._ 6_d._
-
-
-
-
- ILLUSTRATED
- BOOKS FOR YOUNG CHILDREN.
-
- =THE LITTLE ONE'S WOOD BOOK. An indestructible Picture Book for
- Infants.= 2_s._ 6_d._ net.
-
- =LA FONTAINE'S FABLES. Selected Fables with movable coloured pictures.=
- Paper boards, 2_s._ net.
-
- =SELECT FABLES FROM LA FONTAINE.= Illustrated by M. B. DE MONVEL.
- Cloth, 6_s._
-
- =FIVE MINUTES' STORIES.= By Mrs. MOLESWORTH, Coloured Illustrations.
- 4to, cloth boards, 2_s._
-
- =FRIENDS WITHOUT FACES. A Fairy's Rebuke to Vanity.= Written and
- Illustrated by HARRY FURNISS, Fcap. 4to, paper boards, 1_s._
-
- =GRIMM'S HOUSEHOLD STORIES.= Illustrated by DOROTHY FURNISS. Fcap. 4to,
- paper boards, 1_s._
-
- =LEAVES FROM A BABY'S LOG BOOK.= Illustrated by BLANCHE HANDLER. 4to,
- paper boards, 1_s._
-
- =NURSERY RHYMES. Being Mother Goose's Melodies= arranged by CHARLES
- WALSH. Cloth, 1_s._
-
- =NURSERY RHYMES AND FABLES.= Sixty Illustrations by W. J. MORGAN. Paper
- boards, 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- =PICTORIAL RHYMES AND VERSES.= With Drawings by M. EDWARDS. 4to, paper
- boards, 6_d._
-
- =PICTURE BOOK OF ANIMALS.= By the late Rev. C. A. JOHNS. Small 4to,
- cloth, 1_s._ 6_d._
-
- =THE BELLS OF LONDON TOWN.= Coloured Illustrations by GORDON BROWNE.
- 4to, paper boards, 2_s._
-
- =THE HOUSE THAT JACK BUILT.= Coloured Illustrations. By M. EDWARDS.
- Paper boards, 6_d._
-
- =THE LUCKY DUCKS.= By Mrs. MOLESWORTH. Coloured Illustrations. Small
- 4to, cloth boards, 2_s._
-
- --------------
-
- SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING CHRISTIAN KNOWLEDGE
- LONDON: NORTHUMBERLAND AVENUE, W.C.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- ● Transcriber's Notes:
- ○ Unbalanced quotation marks were left as the author intended.
- ○ Typographical errors were silently corrected.
- ○ Inconsistent spelling and hyphenation were made consistent when a
- predominant form was found in this book; otherwise it was not
- changed.
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of In the Days of Queen Mary, by
-Edward Ebenezer (Edward E.) Crake
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK IN THE DAYS OF QUEEN MARY ***
-
-***** This file should be named 55717-0.txt or 55717-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/5/5/7/1/55717/
-
-Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Barry Abrahamsen and the
-Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
-will be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
-one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
-(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
-permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
-set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
-copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
-protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
-Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
-charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
-do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
-rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
-such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
-research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
-practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
-subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
-redistribution.
-
-
-
-*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
-http://gutenberg.org/license).
-
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
-all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
-If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
-terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
-entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
-and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
-or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
-collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
-individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
-located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
-copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
-works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
-are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
-Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
-freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
-this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
-the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
-keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
-a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
-the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
-before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
-creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
-Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
-the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
-States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
-access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
-whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
-copied or distributed:
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
-from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
-posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
-and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
-or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
-with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
-work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
-through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
-Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
-1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
-terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
-to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
-permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
-word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
-distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
-"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
-posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
-you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
-copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
-request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
-form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
-that
-
-- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
- owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
- has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
- Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
- must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
- prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
- returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
- sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
- address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
- the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or
- destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
- and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
- Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
- money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
- of receipt of the work.
-
-- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
-forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
-both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
-Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
-Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
-collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
-"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
-corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
-property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
-computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
-your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
-your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
-the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
-refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
-providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
-receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
-is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
-opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
-WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
-If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
-law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
-interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
-the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
-provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
-with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
-promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
-harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
-that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
-or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
-work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
-Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
-
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
-including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
-because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
-people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
-To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
-and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
-Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
-http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
-permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
-Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
-throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
-809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
-business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
-information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
-page at http://pglaf.org
-
-For additional contact information:
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
-SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
-particular state visit http://pglaf.org
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
-To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
-
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
-with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
-Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
-
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
-unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
-keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
-
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
-
- http://www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.